diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
251 files changed, 6180 insertions, 3604 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 65bbd2622396..a1a643272883 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. Following translations are available on the WWW: - - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at - http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ + - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at + http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ 00-INDEX - this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill index 4201d5b05515..ff60ad9eca4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Date: 09-Jul-2007 KernelVersion v2.6.22 Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Description: Current state of the transmitter. - This file is deprecated and sheduled to be removed in 2014, + This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' state of the rfkill driver. Values: A numeric value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs index 8ffd28bf6598..0020c49933c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: devfs Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc index 9a75fb22187d..23a43b8207e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the device on every transaction or not. For more details about @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module index 75be43118335..a0dd21c6db59 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: The name of the module that is in the kernel. This module name will show up either if the module is built directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a - dyanmic module. + dynamic module. /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters This directory contains individual files that are each diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index b4f548792e32..7c22a532fdfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -182,3 +182,14 @@ Description: USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + Some information about whether a given USB device is + physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a + combination of hub decriptor bits and platform-specific data + such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or + "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" + otherwise.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class index 4b0cb891e46e..676530fcf747 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/class/ Date: Febuary 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of subdirectories describing individual classes of devices diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh index b02001488eef..b218e0f8bdb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -65,6 +65,13 @@ Description: Defines the penalty which will be applied to an originator message's tq-field on every hop. +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo +Date: Dec 2011 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance + uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. + What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode Date: May 2010 Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices index 6a25671ee5f6..5fcc94358b8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/devices Date: February 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power index 8ffbc25376a0..840f7d64d483 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -165,3 +165,21 @@ Description: Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d9cc253f2b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop index 0a810231aad4..e82e7c2b8f80 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level Date: January 1, 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.33 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" that are can be modified by a function key, and by this sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab index 8b093f8222d3..91bd6ca5440f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -346,6 +346,10 @@ Description: number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order possible depending on its characteristics. + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback Date: April 2008 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module index 9489ea8e294c..47064c2b1f79 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -33,3 +33,19 @@ Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module taint flags: + P - proprietary module + O - out-of-tree module + F - force-loaded module + C - staging driver module diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl index 2014155c899d..c5ac6929c41c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout -!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_auth_canceled !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index b638e50cf8f6..9c27e5125dd2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -50,7 +50,9 @@ <sect1><title>Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines</title> !Iinclude/linux/sched.h -!Ekernel/sched.c +!Ekernel/sched/core.c +!Ikernel/sched/cpupri.c +!Ikernel/sched/fair.c !Iinclude/linux/completion.h !Ekernel/timer.c </sect1> @@ -100,9 +102,12 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h !Iinclude/linux/device.h </sect1> <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title> +!Idrivers/base/init.c !Edrivers/base/driver.c !Edrivers/base/core.c +!Edrivers/base/syscore.c !Edrivers/base/class.c +!Idrivers/base/node.c !Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c !Edrivers/base/transport_class.c <!-- Cannot be included, because @@ -111,7 +116,7 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h exceed allowed 44 characters maximum X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c --> -!Edrivers/base/sys.c +!Edrivers/base/dd.c <!-- X!Edrivers/base/interface.c --> @@ -119,6 +124,11 @@ X!Edrivers/base/interface.c !Edrivers/base/platform.c !Edrivers/base/bus.c </sect1> + <sect1><title>Device Drivers DMA Management</title> +!Edrivers/base/dma-buf.c +!Edrivers/base/dma-coherent.c +!Edrivers/base/dma-mapping.c + </sect1> <sect1><title>Device Drivers Power Management</title> !Edrivers/base/power/main.c </sect1> @@ -216,9 +226,8 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c <chapter id="uart16x50"> <title>16x50 UART Driver</title> -!Iinclude/linux/serial_core.h !Edrivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c -!Edrivers/tty/serial/8250.c +!Edrivers/tty/serial/8250/8250.c </chapter> <chapter id="fbdev"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl index c1ed6a49e598..54199a0dcf9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) <chapter id="pubfunctions"> <title>Public Functions Provided</title> !Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h -!Elib/iomap.c +!Elib/pci_iomap.c </chapter> </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl index f51f28531b8d..3fca32c41927 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ an example. <title>See also</title> <para> <citation> - <ulink url="ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/sct/fs/jfs/journal-design.ps.gz"> + <ulink url="http://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sct/ext3/journal-design.ps.gz"> Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie </ulink> </citation> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl index cdd1bb9aac0d..31df1aa00710 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ <para> The contents of this file are subject to the Open Software License version 1.1 that can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt">http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt</ulink> and is included herein - by reference. + <ulink url="http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1">http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1</ulink> + and is included herein by reference. </para> <para> @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ and other resources, etc. <listitem> <para> - !BSY && ERR after CDB tranfer starts but before the + !BSY && ERR after CDB transfer starts but before the last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command with an error before the last byte of the command packet has @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ and other resources, etc. to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could - indicate tranfer errors. + indicate transfer errors. </para> <para> However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..125b4a94962c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAlQAAAFYCAYAAACVsmLPAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAAZiS0dEAP8A +/wD/oL2nkwAAAAlwSFlzAAAOxAAADsQBlSsOGwAAAAd0SU1FB9sLCBIAKVtZsMAAAAxxSURBVHja +7d3ZbqvIAkDRLsv//8v0QytXvpYZap7Wko56OAnE2AXbBSbhOI7jHwAAkr1sAgAAQQUAIKgAAAQV +AICgAgBAUAEACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAzb2jvyMEWw0AmFvh37xnhgoAQFABAPT1zvruwtNlAADV +VLxsyQwVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABACCoYEohuFkugKACsmLq178DIKiAyJgSVQCCCigQU6IKQFAB +BWJKVAEIKqBgKIkqAEEFFAgkUQUgqIACYSSqAAQViKkwxjIAEFSwbUyJKgBBBWJq8GUCIKhgm5gS +VQCCCsSUqAIQVMBYoSOqAAQVLOk41lwXAIIKhoqqJyFUYhkACCpYMqpiQqjEMgAQVLBUVKWEUIll +ACCoYImoygmhEssAQFDBElHVexkACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQA +AIIKAABBBQAgqAAABBUAgKACAOA/b5sAGjsO2wBgMWaoAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAADtzUXohIQQbAYDi +Dh9kmYIZKgAAQQUAIKgAAAQVAICgAgAgmU/5VeSTGQDE8InxeZmhAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAE +FQCAoAIAEFQAAHtyY0/o4O7efe4JCzAXM1QAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAgKACABBUAACCCgBAUAEA +IKgAAAQVAICgAgAQVAAACCoAAEEFACCoAAAEFVBICGMsAwBBBVPHVE4QlVgGAIIKpo6ps/9utQwA +BBUsEVMpQVRiGQAIKlgqpmKCqMQyABBUsGRMzbouAAQVNHMca64LAEEFy0WVmAIQVCCqxBSAoAL6 +hI+YAhBUIKrEFICgAvqEkJgCEFQgqo4+3wuAoILto0pMAQgqICOQxBSAoAIyQklMAQgqICOYxBSA +oAIyokpMAQgqICOqxBTAvN42AYwTVQDMyQwVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAJDMp/y4FIJtwJx8ehJo +yQwVAICgAgDoyyk/HnMKhdE5RQ30YoYKAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAIKgAABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCoAAAQV +AICgAgAQVAAAggoAAEEFACCoAAAEFQCAoAIAQFABAAgqAABBBQAgqAAAEFQAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAA +BBUAgKACABBUAACCCgAAQQUAIKgAAAQVAICgAgBAUAEACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgq +AACGCKoQPAs2JQAIquwCUAI2JQAIqowCOPtvbEoAEFQRBaAEbEoAEFQFCkAJ2JQAIKgKFIASsClh +szEKrDGoXkNuiOPwwim4iezYoc9+39iDfQbVq+mGEFOiCjZ7E23swR6D6tV8Q4gpUQWb7PeNPdhn +UL26bAgxJapgk/2+sQd7DKr3EDE1y96mUPT1fqgh6Ffosbsz9mDdQfXquiEY/rUKlBtLYgoqDJZB +Dmjlg8qRWlSBMSSmYLOoKhtUjtCiCowdMQUbRtXLswUgpkBU5XkXf9CmPJZ9nQJrft6Gife9XmC/ +t0mHg9tr3FcJYgrmjilgn8Fa55SfI7WYAvtnYKNBW+8+VLGn/zY6wtd4qDY1iCngx+BtdNCre1G6 +W3gPt7MXUwAwW1CJKjEFCzB2wODtH1SiSkyB/TKw+KB9DfnARJWYAvtnYKLB+m7+AJ+UgL2WTQmT +jz1jEJVf0ASD7jXck2/vY1PCQscwE+6wfkz1CaqrB6wAbEoQVcBkMdUvqH49cAVgU4KoAiaMqb5B +9bkBFIBNCaIKmDSm+geVArApYaOxZ4zCuoPq5VkDqL//F1Ow9qASVACV9/9iCtYfVIIKoOL+X0zB +HoNKUAFU2v+LKdhnUAkqgAZvqoG1B5WgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAAIIKAABB +BQAgqAAABBUAgKACAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAIKgAABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCoAAAQVAICgAgAY3NsmIEYI +//3zONK/7u/v/nx+zdPl/1rO0++LWd6vZZ59Xe7jSfnZSq3z6jnJ2ValX09PHj9AD2aoiPJ34Lo6 +wJWKiJQD7N2BN/WAzbNtZTsCuzJDRZeD8XHkH3zPZo5CSJudeTKbdrX+lkE7QkzFbq8VHj/AGTNU +dDkY1ziw1jjY7nAA/wzKqxnIu5gSPICggoTIuDroXh1YRz3ohuCUlcgESOOUH81iZdR1fJ9+zL1Q +use1Y6nrvLsearR46rHNAQQVw6l14HtyOurJz5USVqs9LynXt8V+ShBAUMHHQfdzFuMsQGqHSW5M +PQmrVtdsjRCkOwY5gKBiGne3Okg5WJaMqbuw2uX5+P6aX4H8/f922F4AgorlgyD3hp47z3ycPfZf +p/FSb00BIKjg4kD8/cm4mFNjKfd/OpsJyb2GJ+V+UzEXSK9wAfuvqGr9s7ooHRiV2yYgDCe8xUOp +gHny2GNjVdwAOzJDRbUYSfnep8srfdCOWV6tr225ztzt3PpxiTRgdGaoAAAEFQBAX075sbS7C6dH +OJU0w8/ocQEIKjY2w0F71bAQTMBOnPIDABBUAAB9OeXHY36tCAD8ZoYKAEBQAQD05ZQfl3xSCwDu +maECABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCqgiRDczwtAUAFZMfXr3wEQVEBkTIkqAEEFFIgpUQUgqIACMSWqAAQV +UDCURBWAoAIKBJKoAhBUQIEwElUAggrEVBhjGQAIKtg2pkQVgKACMTX4MgEQVLBNTIkqAEEFYkpU +AQgqYKzQEVUAggqWdBxrrgsAQQVDRdWTECqxDAAEFSwZVTEhVGIZAAgqWCqqUkKoxDIAEFSwRFTl +hFCJZQAgqGCJqOq9DAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAAAgqAABBBQAwibdNAECqcPKLJo8fH1cNN7+U8up7jpOP +v6as//PvPr+/xPpTlsEazFABUDSmnsRTie/pvX74ZIYKgKz4+J55+fu7EMLPWZmU2auY9YsjejBD +BUDRmDk7pdZq/Vf/P2bZT7/2OI7/rU/ICSoAiHIVLS2uFyq5Dtc3kcspPwCairmQvHUghhBOT1U+ +eQx/fyfQBBUALBNrtcPmc/l/QYagAoDqYi9ib/2zPZ2l+hVw7Ms1VAAkKXXbgpIXkH9eIF7r8T15 +bEJLUAHA4wD6FQ5PPoVXc/0ll3/3db/+sCen/ABIio7PU3U5YfIdY0++78n6RzPqxfiUYYYKqh94 +rv/AzFGV8nelouLue3JC5e5XzTx57E777SUcsa+4zxeIo8HlOw/vOgBwLBlqA1drGDNUAACCCgBA +UAEATM2n/CpyQSIA7MEMFQCAoAIAEFQAAIIKAGBnLkovxI3XAGBfZqgAAAQVAEBfTvlBbXf3I3O6 +GGB6ZqgAAAQVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAAEEFACCoAAAEFQCAoAIAQFABAAgqAABBBQAgqAAAEFQAAIIK +AEBQAQAIKiBFCGMsAwBBBVPHVE4QlVgGAM29bQIoGFOf/30c7ZcBrV/zd6/Rq6/7fs1/fs3T5Z+9 +AckZO2dvaL6XeffGJ/XxpPxspdZ59ZzkbKve278BM1RQOqaeDvbSy4CW/g5WV6/RUhHRcuwYc2W2 +VY3tP/hzY4YKar5bfLIDeLIMM1WsOnaOI/9AeTZzETt2YmbTrtbfMmhH2PfFbq/Syxxk/2iGCmrF +1Kzrgplez78OpjUOsDu8qfkMyqsZyLvwSdleNZYpqGASLQe3GSpGHgNXB92r1+6or+sQvInptV+a +eF/nlB/kDv7aO14xxUpahErqOr7Hc+yF9y3Hbul13l27NPJ+aJBTgYIKRo4qMcXK46b2wTVlHb9m +3VpcXD/i85Kyb4v9lGCvZQoq2CiqxBQzvfY/ZzHOAqR2mOTG1JOwanXN1ghBunucR3INFYw4qMUU +K/sLsO9rlXKuXSoZU99jcfXxmPpp5LP7f5W+B9Ukz4GggtGiSkxBn5ja/UL0v3D5/nO1jyq1zWos +szGn/KDGTinnoliY9TV/FzZnr++U+z+dfcIw93qblPtNxVwUvcIF7N/7uZJRlbLMQS5KN0MFtQ4w +YgrWGberjs+Y21vExmqN/eDAz0M4jsifrtZ5alh5ZyWmAMbaJxfe75qhgl7veMUUwDIEFfSMKjEF +sAQXpUOrqJrk5nSwpLvT7yOMxxl+Ro9LUMFQUSWmoP348zN6XIIK7FgAWDWo/DZuAAAXpQMACCoA +gM7iT/m5BgQA4P+YoQIAEFQAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAABBUAgKACABBUAAB7+hfHbDX87cMFJQAAAABJ +RU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml index 3bc8a61efe30..c7a4ca517859 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -163,14 +163,16 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on <section id="DTV-FREQUENCY"> <title><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></title> - <para>Central frequency of the channel, in HZ.</para> + <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para> <para>Notes:</para> - <para>1)For ISDB-T, the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. + <para>1)For satellital delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. + For the other ones, it is measured in Hz.</para> + <para>2)For ISDB-T, the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a valid frequncy could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of the channel which is 6MHz.</para> - <para>2)As in ISDB-Tsb the channel consists of only one or three segments the + <para>3)As in ISDB-Tsb the channel consists of only one or three segments the frequency step is 429kHz, 3*429 respectively. As for ISDB-T the central frequency of the channel is expected.</para> </section> @@ -334,9 +336,10 @@ typedef enum fe_rolloff { <title>fe_delivery_system type</title> <para>Possible values: </para> <programlisting> + typedef enum fe_delivery_system { SYS_UNDEFINED, - SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_AC, + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A, SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B, SYS_DVBT, SYS_DSS, @@ -353,6 +356,7 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system { SYS_DAB, SYS_DVBT2, SYS_TURBO, + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C, } fe_delivery_system_t; </programlisting> </section> @@ -647,6 +651,18 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { many data types via a single multiplex. The API will soon support this at which point this section will be expanded.</para> </section> + <section id="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS"> + <title><constant>DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</constant></title> + <para>A Multi standard frontend needs to advertise the delivery systems provided. + Applications need to enumerate the provided delivery systems, before using + any other operation with the frontend. Prior to it's introduction, + FE_GET_INFO was used to determine a frontend type. A frontend which + provides more than a single delivery system, FE_GET_INFO doesn't help much. + Applications which intends to use a multistandard frontend must enumerate + the delivery systems associated with it, rather than trying to use + FE_GET_INFO. In the case of a legacy frontend, the result is just the same + as with FE_GET_INFO, but in a more structured format </para> + </section> </section> <section id="frontend-property-terrestrial-systems"> <title>Properties used on terrestrial delivery systems</title> @@ -721,14 +737,10 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TUNE"><constant>DTV_TUNE</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CLEAR"><constant>DTV_CLEAR</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CODE-RATE-HP"><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_HP</constant></link></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CODE-RATE-LP"><constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_LP</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBT-LAYER-ENABLED"><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBT-PARTIAL-RECEPTION"><constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant></link></para></listitem> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBT-SOUND-BROADCASTING"><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant></link></para></listitem> @@ -767,7 +779,8 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { <title>Properties used on cable delivery systems</title> <section id="dvbc-params"> <title>DVB-C delivery system</title> - <para>The DVB-C Annex-A/C is the widely used cable standard. Transmission uses QAM modulation.</para> + <para>The DVB-C Annex-A is the widely used cable standard. Transmission uses QAM modulation.</para> + <para>The DVB-C Annex-C is optimized for 6MHz, and is used in Japan. It supports a subset of the Annex A modulation types, and a roll-off of 0.13, instead of 0.15</para> <para>The following parameters are valid for DVB-C Annex A/C:</para> <itemizedlist mark='opencircle'> <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-API-VERSION"><constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant></link></para></listitem> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml index 61407eaba020..aeaed59d0f1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> </row> <row> <entry id="FE_QAM"><constant>FE_QAM</constant></entry> - <entry>For DVB-C annex A/C standard</entry> - <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_AC</constant></entry> + <entry>For DVB-C annex A standard</entry> + <entry><constant>SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A</constant></entry> </row> <row> <entry id="FE_OFDM"><constant>FE_OFDM</constant></entry> @@ -63,6 +63,10 @@ transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as:</para> <para>Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY</link> ioctl's, using the <link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM">DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</link> parameter. </para> + +<para>The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and +will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems. +Please use <link linkend="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para> </section> <section id="fe-caps-t"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..416186558cb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAABIsAAAHpCAYAAAACi7yYAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAAZiS0dEAP8A +/wD/oL2nkwAAAAlwSFlzAAAOxAAADsQBlSsOGwAAAAd0SU1FB9sLCBAiCLMGMtAAACAASURBVHja +7d3rkds4FgZQaMohTBY7ObRCV+fgyWJy4P6wJavVIgmSAIjHOVWu3bElPkBSAj5dgpdpmqYAAAAA +ACGEvzQBAAAAAHfCIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMDDD00A +21wul9XXTNN0aHnP749Z39o2rK0jRzssLX/pvVve9+61S69Jdey2bn/sMTx6TAAA/cIW+oVb+2tb +3p+izwioLIJsHYe9X+a979vae89ut6Pb1+txBwD0C3vZN0ERrFNZBAct/ZJxuVx2Vdg8v+/oLyEx +69j7xbq2/1u2e0u75Th2Mevf8ytVzDkDAOgXjtYv3LquVP0nQRHEUVkEBTsJve/r0hfu2hdz7e0W +27HQ4QAA9Avr7BcJiiCesAhO+GKK/YIt8SV+RscoNmippUPl1jIAQL/w3PUc7Y8JimAbYRGc9KVY +Yu6b3OsYNUTRuQAA9AvL9AtT9LsERbCdOYsAX74ZOiVbO1M6LQCAfmH7/TzohcoiqOhLK+eXV4p1 +xP4y1krF0X1bn7dXBwIA0C+ss19oagAoR1gEJ4j9osv5iPq965imKUk59eidwNc/AIB+oX7h/HpK +tzeMzm1oQJIv7Ra/eO/7sOWxtgAAtN0v1N+DdcIiyPQFlPP1JbZpTyehl19q1joQOhgAgH7hOf3C +Pct9tz36c7DMbWhQwPMXUYkOQ6517P3Sj/216axJEdfWoyMBAOgXpukX5uqv7Xm/W9JgnsoiSGxr +4FHiiyvlOu7v21pu/PqLzuuvOTHtlmIZW/bz+f1r6177ewBAv1C/8FwqjCCesAgSdwK2dAh63e+5 +fX8XuBxtt1SdkZhy6djt37vNOioAoF84Sr8wV39tzzIERvCd29Agg7knQ8T+unTk15mc64j5El17 +KsbRW75inrqR6glj79rELWsAgH5hmn7hmcckpt8HI7tMRjYAAAAA/KayCAAAAIAHYREAAAAAD8Ii +AAAAAB6ERQAAAAA8CIsAAAAAeBAWAQAAAPAgLAIAAADgQVgEAAAAwIOwCAAAAIAHYREAAAAADz80 +AQAAqVwuF40AABWbpmn1NbvDIh0BAKDGzg3n0T8EgD7sCot0BAAAmDNNUwj6iwBQlS3fzIduQ7vd +blobAMjuer1qhKZ6o4IiAGiZOYsAAMji0w+LAHC6jx0/unkaGgAAAAAPwiIAAAAAHoRFAAAAADwI +iwAAAAB4EBYBAAAA8OBpaAAAFDf3ZJa5J6htef3za5eeyDb3urWnxsQuM/V7jmxX7Dr3HIMUbfj6 ++qXjurZ977Zja1vuaVOAnqgsAgCgqKWB+rt/2/r6s7Z/z3aesf0x+1fjdgFQjsoiALpyfRng3J5+ +Fb7/2+3NL8Xv/m1pWa/veX7t/XXXN4OtuWXs+fe59c/t45H2erd/Mdu/9XX0b63q5zWkWHr9/d8+ +rtfFapOY9byz9L7X5e7ZzqVKmT2VP3ts2cc966+1MmfuGKkkAvhFZREA3XgON94FNnMhzlJQNLes +1/ffX/f62ue/fw1d3r3m9d/nlhu7/rX22rv8LW20d/voT8ztYbEBzNJrS4YMubbzzNCidLs+BzX3 +datsAjiXsAiALrwLfPYGE1uXtaVK5l2YNLes2OXurdI5svwtbaSKiFdbg5Cl18f821y1UupAZu92 +1njblwobgLG5DQ0AZqSofjkSnOSuvsmxf2fsB5SUMtT5vN2+LC82xNoziXaJNthyO11MBdHS7YUA +5CUsAmAo91u97rdGLc1jdKQi5t08QiH8uSVrTcwcSkekWv7avuTeD1hzD2TuwcOWqqIS8wa9C01G +nD/neV9fQzQAyhMWAUAma5NVA23KEeLMhUZHJ5g+e/9jXyscAqiLOYsA6MK7+XLW5gWK/fdnsYHP +2uvWJtveu969ti5/bxsJzNgTDOx5JP2z1yAmNsC4T7j8+ifXdj6vs7VjlGsdQiSAc6gsAqAbz7eY +Pf9dqmVtWd7cbWivE0LPbe/rv80tL1Vb7Vl+TBvl3g/a8nx70dIj7e9/v/b6mKer1bBfc9tZ65w8 +pdt1bh1zQdFaGwNw3GWapmnzmy6XQx1wAIAt7gHTjm4LJTuWv/uI084QYC482Pv6LfMSvXtc/Nag +pNR+xb7+yLYeXX9MG669ZunYpN7mEeeJAsZx/4y7/P7vmP6U29AAAChq6yPm9z6S3n7t34/c648J +Z97N49TKuQDQOpVFAED1VBY10rGMrCwCAMpRWQQAAADAIcIiAAAAAB48DQ0AADqSciJsAMYkLAIA +gI4IgwA4SlgEAADAZh9/X9/+/ed/t8Ovf37t3PKWXje3rq3LTP2eI9sVs961969t59r2LbX16zJi +t+Xzv1vyduE4YVHpD9SZsuDnX4COlA7HLD/Ferase2lZW7Zh6/a+vn6pDda27912rK0vVbsCAEB1 +45qFwf3H39dNIcm715fY/rWQKsV7Wj5me93Dn6VlxgZKnEdYVPLiXAgTPq7X6BBh7rWpln/kPWv7 +LigBAIDGxzUrVT+vocTS6+//thYs7A1plt73utw927kUeixt3xnhWEybzO13qe0VHtVDWFTq4nwK +cmKDni2B0NLy7/82F/4srWdPYLRneVvWUWvgNNfuAjIAALoZ10TcHhYbwNz/LiYwStpvf3PbU47t +zL0v727/WqvqijlmEEIIf2mCAh+oK0HR0UBhbflbbuVKsT1ry4vdhhRt/nm7PdZdYr0AADCCreHC +0utj/m0u3EkdcuzdzntQ09MxS7Gud23iFrQ2qCwqeXFmrjBZWv7n7XZ6WFLDNgAAAGNLGeq8Vilt +ndz53fKO7sMZc0DlPjaCpfKERTVfKBsmqy617hr2de21qeduAgAAzvM6YfKWypQS8wa9q6IpVT3z +vPyYp4pBLGERu55i1sSXytO2q2oCAAAe44MMIc5caDQ3B1KSsVzF4dC7p6KthWgqiOohLKr5A2zj +RNW511/LurY8NQ4AAEhv661OMY9RXxwDPAUP9/+OGjtsDB+ObufzOnMFOTHLnZvoWhhDLBNcl/xA +PRherIUka7dfLS333Z/a9j/VOoRIAACwc0wy86SzL/3tmadvLU12/Pra2vZryz6V3OZ3f44eMwhB +ZVGZi/jpFqi5qqAj1UJry495Gltupbdhbh1zQdFauwEAAL/72i+PkU/x+hoeRb93O/fMi1R6Iuet +xyz1emNDQRNc10NYVOoieQl0jnoNN2KWXyoo2jMH0lnbfKTdzm5nAAA4bXyzMJnyXHVLC0FA7fsV +cxveu7mCWjoG1EFYVPKDZ2GS5diAYW0ZtQYYJZ/gtrSuexs9h201txsAAFQ7vtkYMGx5/dHXHgk/ +atmvI+9PNYF0ioqvGqrG2O4yTdO0+U2XSwghhJuBNABQwPV3qL+j20LJjuXvPuL9KPnRBWCbtVvE +hCrsOq9+96Muv/87pj+lsggAAKDFAeBLsCBIaJ9jSC2ERQAAAB0QHgGpCIuI++JZmZRbmTkAAFTW +h98QHn1cPzQYFPR5+6x6+4RFRJ7IN40AAAA19dGfwp+Yx6HHPr4cQFgEAADQuNfwZy08inkEOzAu +YREAAECjYiqKdvl50bg04Ujg+Xr7Ze5bw1q63VNYlPzgXzUCAP13zNyeDJB/bJErCAKKB0WtERYB +AACcNWA9IRBy6xnDX3eColXCoowUbgLQk0kTAMQPRguFQItPOHuzDXuCoss/jieV9Ul+Hrg2TwqK +WnvioLAIAABgy6CvgiBoz/apKGL4a1dQFE1YBAAA8DywK3hrWOoAJ1U1EXR3XQuKNhEWAQAAYwwW +Gw6B9u6foAgERXsIiwAAgLYHgoUnia4tgBESwcL1UUlQ9Hn7bCo8EhYBAAB1DvJOenR860GLoAh+ +f4ZUFBS1RlgEAACUH8R5ZLx9hJyfMYKiQ4RFAABAuoGSEMj+w9mfQ4Kiw4RFAADA+iBICAS08Fkl +KEpCWAQAACMPrMwLBPTyeSYoSkZYBAAAPQ6ahEDASJ95gqKkhEUAANDaoMgtYQB/PhMFRckJiwAA +oJYBjxAIYNvnpqAoC2ERAADkHlQIgQDyf+4JipIRFgEAwN4Bg3mBAKogKEpLWAQAAK+DASEQQDME +RekJiwAAGIpbwgD6ISjKQ1gEAEAXhEAAZPl+GSwoCkFYBABA7Z10IRAAZ30HDRgUhSAsAgDgrA64 +eYEAqPl7atCgKARhEQAAR/17CSGEMP186WSHa9HNEAIB70zTNMy+Xi4XBzyRkYOiEIRFAAAs+ff8 +gYcQCICSRg+KQhAWAQCMSQgE0J25KioVR/EERb8IiwAAenJGCPS/6ctgZHp0sG+OB0AFXkMk4dF7 +gqI/hEUAAC04qxLof5O2B6B7gqKvhEUAAGcSAgFQ2HOlkSojQdE7wiIAgFxOvCUMAFgnKHpPWAQA +sJUQCIBOjFxlJCiaJywCALgTAgHAEARFy4RFAED/zAsEAKvuVUa9VxgJitYJi6DmD+uf7//+8s/6 +a969ds/yU6xn636uLWttu9e2dakdX5cRuy2Xf/K2ETBDCAQAbHBWUPS63toJi6BSS8HD9DM+eJh7 +barlH3nPme2y5h7+LC0zNlACdnaq/r5+v/Zzh0NCIADotsJIUBRPWAQ1fjg/BSKxQc+WQGhp+fd/ +mwtJltaTOzCKbZe5fSoV6giPYKXD9BQCFSMEAoCx+x+Cok2ERVCZtUBk6e9TLP/5dqrY8CfmFqy1 +7Xm+/evdenO3C5CgMyQEAoC+xibT1EV1kaBoO2ERVCp38LG0/CPhT+vt8q4dlsIrARVDdBTffB58 +hGv29X7+d3v8/+v1+ui0AgDEqiUo+rx9NhUeCYug48FcCOfPI7T3faXmQOrtWECJa/eo5xAIAKi8 +v9Dw/EU1BUWtERYByQaXe8OQ5/fVXNUEvVyruQiBAIBaCIqOERZBJ7ZOVJ17/bUParfs1+utaGu3 +oKkgIqczrpfHuf+l43NzMABgpD5IQ/MXCYqOExZBxQPCI6HDWoVOzCPhlwaNJQa8c3MFCWPo9Zov +zbUEAPRGUJSGsAgqE/M0siOBydryY546VmKw+jpwzt0ukMtZlXOuBQAgeb+m8uoiQVE6wiKo0Gsw +kmKwOjcvUEuTMadul63rjQ3STHA9SGdJCAQAUA1BUVrCIqjU0m1ksYPFtWWcFWrEPHZ+7rH1Z243 +43BLGADATD+pwuoiQVF6wiKoWMzgce01a4HMGQPZLWFXim3J3Y4G+w11boRAAABdERTlISwCoHlC +IACAgn2v6dczUmurMBIUpSMsAqDejoh5gQAAiCAoSktYBBQf4BuIIwQCACAVQVF6wiLAgJyk3BIG +AEApgqI8hEUARBECAQDwpX9Y4ZPRchgtKApBWATgS14IBAAAb40YFIUgLALolnmBAADI3ufsuLpo +1KAoBGERQHtfyEIgAADIauSgKARhEUBV3BIGAEBzfdjOqotGD4pCEBYBlPkCFQIBAED1BEW/CIsA +DhACAQCMpbYKmmmaqtmO1quLBEV/CIsA3n3ZmRcIAACGISj6SlgEDEUIBABAT16reWqpNGqJoOg7 +YRHQDbeEAQAAWwiK3hMWAdUTAgEAQGQ/9qnSqHSVUWvzFgmK5gmLgNMIgQAAgDMIipYJi4DkzAsE +AADnu1f5mMfoK0HROmEREE0IBAAAtOysoOh1vbUTFgEhBLeEAQBAr0pWGNU8b5GgKJ6wCDonBAIA +AEYnKNpGWASNEgIBAACb+vODzmEkKNpOWASVMS8QAABAGrUERZ+3z6bCI2ERFCIEAgAAanC5XLJW +F9Uyb1FNQVFrhEWQ+oOxUCgkBAIAAHaPJzIHRmcTFB0jLILaPrSFQAAAALsJio4TFkEhQiAAAKCq +MUqH1UWCojSERZD6A1coBAAAUJygKJ2/nE4AAABASqUrlgRFaaksghQfhD+1Af1QHQcAQEsERemp +LAIAAIBB1fCI+yMERXkIiwAAAIDmCYrScRsaJOYWHlrkVkoAgIHHMB08FU1QlJbKIgAAAKBZgqL0 +hEUAAABAkwRFeQiLAAAAAGaMFhSFICwCAAAAeGvEoCgEYREAAADAN6MGRSEIiwAAAGB4l8sl+TJb +fsLayEFRCCH8cEkAQJkOTo5OGAAAaY0eFIUgLAJgcCV/8VpalyAJAOB8gqJfhEUADKPmUuh32yZA +AgAoR1D0h7CIrgduBlp9DqqdM4xyHj9vv3MTACAfQdFXwiKAmcH5K4P19o9hT/vlfAQASENQ9J2w +iO4HjQZUGKyPeXxG2V/nIQCQyuVyGa5PJSh6T1iEgR0kOIcN2H2OOA8BANoiKJonLAIwYG+6vfne +Ls5BAIBlgqJlf2kCeh/oGVRyxvntvNO22gkAoE6ConUqiwAyDthDUOWRsi1xDgIAHHFWUPS63tqp +LAIoMGAXdhxrP5yDAABHCYriCYsYYuBnkIQBu/ZCmwIA4xIUbSMsAjhhwI42Ort9tTEAMApB0XbC +IoYZABoY4Vpoo120jfMQACCVWoKi1ibRFhYBGKhrD+0OANAdQdF+wiKAkwfqBusCCwAA0hIUHSMs +YqjBoAEp1Pe54LoEACAlQdFxP5xGAOebpilcLpfh9rkVKY6NUAwAID9BURrCIoBKjBQY1Rqc5Gz/ +uWULkQAA0hAUpSMsYriB4YgVHLR1rfR+ftb0eVBDW79ug/AIAGA7QVFawiJgqIH5O7UNznsOjGpo +69rb9nn7BEcAAOsERekJixhuIN77YJxjg3OD9D4/C1q93gVHAADLBEV5CIsAKhyk9xZonhV09NSG +giMAgGWConSERQCRg3QD9PaOmXMSAGAMgqJkHc0Qpin85ZQip5oHMgZZ7BmglwwhejlHS+/HSLeY +lj4nAQBqJChK2nkPIQRhEW0NisAAvbXvmslxse8AgDFcNoKiPIRFGMhCxV9+LZ+jpYMitAMAQA6j +BUUhCItoZKB4HwAZCGFwPt71v9b+joE2AQDa6sO1ZMSgKARhEUCSwTnaXfsAAPRl1KAoBGERmbSU +SEvPcY62t72CkPh20lYAANuNHBSFICyikcGOQSKtnaejEhQ5PwEAWjd6UBSCsAjAgFwbD9N22g8A +YJmg6BdhEcnlmNi6pW0G134egg7tCACQk6DoD2ERBjuAa157AgAMTVD0lbCIpFqu0FFdRM2D8NrP +z5zbJ9jQrgBAe/25lvoagqLvhEU0O5Ax0IE+OxbU8zkLANA7QdF7wiIAqiXM0MYAALkIiuYJi0im +xYmtc+4DBt+ue+0IAECdBEXLhEUYlAMAAAxstB/NBUXrhEUAVNepEAQDAJDDWUHR63prJyyiukHj +1kFi6kGlW9HgXIIiAAD9uRwERfGERQAAAEDXBEXbCIs4rMdKHNVFcM41oqoIAMDYJzVB0XbCIqqy +d6BogAkAAMCrWoKi1ibRFhYBsImqIgAA/boW+nSCov2ERVTz4VLbQNGtaAAAAG0SFB0jLKIbqhLA +9QsAQJyefxwXFB0nLIJBP0BpSy1himsCAICaCYrSEBZRxaAx1UBYdQK9XRsAANBKf/Xs8ZigKB1h +EQCnEvICAHCUoCgtYRG79Dyxdc59Bdc9AABn9ud67NMJitITFtEdVQoAAABjEBTl8cOpBZBOjl9q +eg5AhbsAAG32UWvs1wmK0lFZxKkfNLk+UFIv1+03AAAA9RIUpaWyCCCRnkNFgSkAgD7cnLOrigRF +6akswoDRvlMxt2kBAMA8QVEeKovodhB8uVwEPBTjXKvvMwAAQL9Uny6F0YKiEFQWAVT7hSxMAQCA +c40YFIWgsoiTBsSlBsGpq4umaTKAJ9t1AQAALfVHex8bjRoUhaCyCKDKL+aavngFYgAAjGbkoCgE +lUUAmwlPjlOhBwDoC+rP1Wr0oCgElUWc8IFY+kMl9fp8OYx9HZQ4/oIUAAA4h6DoF5VFACtKBoSC +IgAAatdrn1VQ9IewiKID5V4+VEx07bz3pQsAAP0QFH0lLGIIqZ+KRl9qODcERQAAtDK26o2g6Dth +EVCMwG6cL1wAAGiBoOg9E1xTbHB/9oDYRNfUSFAEAEAr/dbe+q6ConnCIoATv3BrJxQFAKBHgqJl +bkMDKGz0aiLVVAAA+m5nEhStU1nErB6fguZWNM4+/wQlAABwnrOCotf11k5lEUBmAiIAAPRjzyco +iqeyiLd6rCrKtT2qi5g7z1QSAQBAHQRF26gsAjhIIAQAgL5tvQRF26ksAjhomqYvfwAAgDrUEhS1 +Nom2yiLeDnxTqTWVvlwuBvUUuYZUHQEAUKve+6qCov2ERQAZCY4AAGihr9pbf1VQdIzb0Fj8sDjC +wBi+X18q2gAAIC9B0XHCIoYlzOIsQiMAAGrup7bcVxUUpSEsAjjxyxgAAEhDUJSOsIgsA9dWqnZU +F1HDdSc0AgBAP/UYQVFawiKASr6MAQCA7QRF6QmLACohMAIAoMY+as39VEFRHj+c+qQepLZ2a9fl +ckm6/9M0ub2t4XPj7C9C5w8AAOwjKEpHWATw5F1QUzpAEhgBAFCbe5+41n6qoCgtt6ExdFVRru12 +O1FfLpfL40+L1yUAAPRMUJSesAhgg5LBkcAIAIDa1NZHFRTlISwC2KlEaCQwAgCAc40WFIUgLBqe +W9Dybb9B/jgERgAAjDaOHKWPOmJQFIKwCCCJ0nMaAQAAeY0aFIUgLCLhQBnIdy2oLgIAoDY991FH +DopCEBa5sMk60NfGzqPWz6cc++K6AACgZqMHRSEIiwCyUG0HAMAIevshUFD0i7DIBW1QnHl/VFHg +fAIAgPoJiv744XQAyONyuQh3AIDmTdOkavqlj1fzsXKO7CMo+kplEUBjnQkBFAAApCMo+k5YNCC3 +oJXfL4N7AACgxDjm+U+r48ySBEXvCYsACnxp+zIGAIC6CIrmCYsGo6rovP0zuAfXAwD47qb0mKZk +lVFL54mgaJkJrvGFAax2MlzvAAD0QlC0TmURQAGeIAIAwNn90RJVRrX/yHhWUPS63toJiwaiMsAx +wPkEAACjEhTFExYBcAphFwDAOXJXGNXYzxMUbSMsAgAAALolKNpOWDQIv+A7Fpyv5XmLzLkEAOjH +6p+2eL7UEhS1Nom2sAgAAADojqBoP2HRAPwC4JjgXLL9AAC8U+IJaWcQFB0jLAIAAAC6ISg6TlgE +QBTzFgEA6OttcUYVuaAoDWFR59zi4diAawEAgBEIitIRFgEAABDFjzx9a7m6SFCUlrAIgFM7EAAA +cISgKD1hUcek/o4RuBYAANiitR8HBUV5CIsAAACA5gmK0hEWdcqv9I4V5JLr1ybXAgDov+Kc2UtQ +lJawCAAAAGiWoCi9H04rYpjU9iu/puAz4ZLlOpimyecNAECnfb0cBEV5qCzqkCDDMcNxBgAA0hgt +KApBWEQEv/IDJQnVAACMA2sxYlAUgrDIIItqPjgdO1wHrgcAMO6AeowaFIUgLAJoml98AAAgvZGD +ohCERRiIahuK6PXXN9VFAAD01rcbPSgKQVjk4sMxBNeENgYAIIQgKLoTFjFL5Qzgs6JvgiIAfI/A +H4KiP4RFYJCMjpT2064AAEMTFH0lLNLpx7GkUTWFlbm3xXWhPQEAchEUfScsovpBKBiU+9wYrS21 +IwBAGYKi94RFOv5UOEB2TF2baNMcbaf9AICzxzo1ERTNExYB+OJuarsEHtoMAOAoQdEyYRHNDELB +4NxniPbVVgD4nsH5cpSgaJ2wyMWGY4tjp507bR9tBADw1VlB0et6aycsAkg8QM+theq/UtsoENEm +AACxBEXxhEU0NwgFA3SfJ+/aH+0AADBHULSNsMigAMeYho5Ta4Fu6cBo1GtGWAkAME9QtJ2wiGYH +oWCA7rNl7rg4BwEACKGeoKi1SbSFRQ0PEHCsOW9wfsZxEehuP072DwD0Vxm3Dyoo2u+HUx+g/g5Q +60HR5XI5pR3v6+whaNMRBwCIJyg6RlhENwMpMCCv/3PmrPZ9Xm9rn3fOSQCAbQRFxwmLDGZpYEA8 +TZPKiMHPKddHnvOwxrZ1nQAA7CcoSkNYBFCxHqv+agiM7l6344z2Fg4B0INeftyk7XNFUJSOsAgf +6uDaPGXfagxJ5rYpxbEQCgEA5CMoSktY1BiDjXEHwn6tGe8ccp347AUAYJ2gKL2/nFYGpIDr8sx9 +9TkEAMBegqI8hEUN8cu2Ab9zwHljv9H2AADvCYrSERYBGLTbf20OANA0QVFa5iwySABci1W1hQo6 +5xwAwBaCovRUFjXC4MmAzLngHBmpTbSLcw4AIIagKA+VRQAG7FW3kYDUOQcAcKbRgqIQVBY1IcdA +yaDBOcF5A3bXn88r5xwAQBtGDIpCUFkERQZqwh0M1tO0n2vJOQcAUMqoQVEIwiIAA/YG21No5JwD +AMhp5KAoBLehVc8taAZvJc8N0h1vt/6UaWO0CQB9j13gDKMHRSGoLAJINlDn3HYfsYPqvAMASEtQ +9IuwyMACcB11dVxGCI2cgwAA6QmK/hAWVUwZZ3+Du9THdJomg0aDcRaOXS+fo85HAIC8BEVfCYsM +DnBMnX8Mc821FB65BgFokR8zaZGg6DthEaT+gvypDaBW7zqvNQRIOtUAAOcQFL0nLAJgaEtBTcog +SSAEAFAXQdE8YREAzBDwAAD0SVC0TFgEKQaU//z637lb0O7/DgAAwLkEReuERVBAzDxGAiUAAIC8 +zgqKXtdbO2ERVGItUBImAQDQRL/WE9G6O569EBTFExZBQnOBToonpKlOAgAA2EdQtI2wCAqICXEE +SgAAAOkJirYTFkEl1kKcFGFS7HIESgAAHOpzuhWNStQSFH3ePpsKj4RF0IhS1UkxyxEmAQAAtasp +KGqNsAg64nY3AACg6jFLoYozQdExwiIY7cPZ7W4AAEDHBEXHCYuAL2q63S12ewAAgPSmaWpumwVF +aQiLgM3MnwQAANRGUJSOsAjIwvxJAABj80Q0ShIUpSUsAk5j/iQA8i3Z/QAADThJREFUAOAoQVF6 +wiKgWm53AwAAlgiK8hAWAU1zuxsAABCCoCglYRHQPYESAAD0TVCUlrAIIJg/CQAAWiUoSk9YBBDB +/EkAADv6NZ6IxnM/NsO5ICjKQ1gEkOrLz+1uAADQndGCohCERQBFCZQAAGjBNE0aIYwZFIUgLAKo +jvmTAADgfKMGRSEIiwCaY/4kAKAl5i1q85iNbuSgKARhEUCX3O4GAAD7jB4UhSAsAhiW290AACjW +92ykukxQ9IuwCID3X+gV3e4Wuz0AALCXoOgPYREAu5k/CQCgL6POVyQo+kpYBEBW5k8CAKBmgqLv +hEUAnM78SQDQN09Ea+c4jUZQ9J6wCIDqmT8JAIDUBEXzhEUAdMH8SQAAB/o3g1UVCYqWCYsAGIb5 +kwAAEBStExYBwBPzJwEAI1FR9HnKemsnLAKADdzuBgDQJkFRPGERACTmdjcAePO95YloVR6TIn2j +Co67oGgbYREAnECgBABQhqBoO2ERAFTK/EkAQA4jzVNUS1D0eftsKjwSFgFAo86cP+kjXL92gP67 +OSAAQFVqCopaIywCgI6VCpQ+/r6uvkagBIB5i85t+1P6Iicdb0HRMcIiABhcqdvdBEoAQAmCouOE +RQDAonuYNH3p/Ny+do4igqCoTtbMch6B1b+XEP43OSgAEOHsuYnOqCoSFKUhLAIADoupCEoVKIV/ +VzqewiQAGJKgKB1hEQBQRLFA6d+IXzEFSgB0aKSnnH3rQwiKkhIWAQDVmAuUrtfrr05wovmTBEoA +0A9BUXrCIgCgHTEBzr+J5kcQKAGEEH7NO5OyYqX1J6KNXL2z9bwpQVCUh7AIAOhLTYGSMAkAihEU +pSMsAgDGUypQUp0EwIDOqBwTFKUlLAIAeGctxHG7GwBUQVCUnrAIAGAPt7sBwDelq4oERXkIiwAA +cnG7G9BRAGCSa2LOkx6NFhSFICwCADiXQAkAqjViUBSCsAgAoH7mTwKgcj1WFY0aFIUgLAIAaF8l +8ydNP0O4/ONwANC+kYOiEIRFAABjKBQoTT+fOtrhGvWez/9ujg80wLxFLJ0bPRk9KApBWAQAwF2p +291eO+V/X1dfI1ACoARB0S/CIgAA4qyESZfL5UtlUdLOu0AJoEo9VRUJiv4QFgEAkG7Q8E8I06OT +fYvrnEcEQSmWI0wCYPY7RFD0hbAIAIBTxYQ4KQIl1UkA6ago6puwCACA6q2FOKWqk2K2BYB2CIre +ExYBANC8UtVJscsRKNErT0Tjfh70QFA0T1gEAMAQagqUhEkA5xIULRMWAQDAfbBg/iSAWSqKxiEs +AgCADcyfBNCus4Ki1/XWTlgEAAAJud0NtjFvUf1UFKVdbwuERQAAUJjb3QDKEhRtIywCAIAKCZSo +VeonolH3se6BoGg7YREAADTK/EkAK59flQRFn7fPpsIjYREAAHTK/EnAXj1UFdUUFLVGWAQAAANz +uxvQI0HRMcIiAABgkUCJV6nnLfJEtHqOaw8ERccJiwAAgMPMnwTUQFCUhrAIAADIzvxJUKeeKroE +RekIiwAAgCq43S3xAPZpPwVk9E5QlJawCAAAaEYNt7u1GLx8/H0VGNHtvFCCovSERQAAQDdKVCe1 +WpkkMKJHgqI8hEUAAMBQSlQn1TBv0ud/t2/bkTIw8kS0Oo3choKidIRFAAAAzwO/CsKkmO2I3Zec +gRFUc90KipISFgEAAGwZlJ44b9KekCdnYNRCFYtqpQGuSUFRcsIiAACAlAPXjPMm7b29TYUR3V5v +gqIshEUAAAClB7iZAqWt74kJjKafjhdjGy0oCkFYBAAAUKV3IU6qW9y+L3PS4PDu+hgwKApBWAQA +ANCMUvMlAeMGRSEIiwAAALqR6va2PXMZnTWwtl7r7Wm9tRAWAQAADCBn1ZEgwXqtty/Coozc9QsA +AJwt5glqHwb01mu9p663NsIiAACAzsQERAb01mu9day3RsIiAACATpQKiUYc0Fuv9Y5EWJTY5+2m +EQAAgHrGKAkDolEH9NZrvaMRFgEAAHQoR0g04oDeeq13RMIiAACATuQKiEYd0Fuv9Y7qL00AAACA +Ab31Wi93wiIAAAAM6K3XenkQFgEAAGBAb73WW3C9tRMWAQAAYEBvvdZbaL0tEBYBAABgQG+91ltg +va0QFgEAAGBAb73Wm3m9LREWAQAAMEuQYL3W2856UxEWAQAA8JYBvfVabzvrTekyTdO0+U2XSwgh +hNvt5tMTAMjuer2GEELY0W2hZMfydx9xenSO9RWhFS3fLgMtKhkgffzuR11+/3dMf0plEQAAAAAP +wiIAAAAAHn5oAgAAgLG1OKcKkI/KIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwYIJrAAAAivq4 +frz9+7mJtre8/vm1SxN3z71ubl1bl5n6PUe2K3adW4/DWvsfPb5737PlmJrc/T2VRQAAABSzNHB/ +929bX3/W9u/ZzjO2/+gxOrrcrcve856alt8qlUUAAAAUsVb18zpoX3r9/d8+rh+L1Sdbq19itu91 +uXu28/73qapz9tiyjyWWneo9Z+xvb1QWAQAAkF3M7WGxAczSa3Pac9vbnu08M7RYu+3r8/b5eM3W +dj/aFjmO8xnnUQuERQAAABSzNQhZen3Mv81VK6UOZPZu52i3Qe1p99zhmYqi79yGBgAAABFShjqf +t88vy4sNsfZMon10H9fmYzozbMndHqMSFgEAANCleyBzDzS2VBWVmDfoXfVTrsqnFPv4/HevYRd9 +ERYBAABApBwhzlxodHRC59T7WGM4pIIoD2ERAAAAxWy9bWntaWdrnquL7v8dY2sIcXQ7n9d55oTd +e7Z9yzHds2+520OF1HcmuAYAACC7mKdOzT1ZbG0enVqeHrZlO1sLKO5PQXv9s8WeY5b7ONdyHtVG +ZREAAABFPM9zs6UqaOn1MQP8Ek/T2rOde+ZFamVC55T7lqo9SsxD1QuVRQAAABSz9RHzex9Jb7+O +i7l1b8utc3uqkfa8p6blt+oyTdO0+U2XSwghhNvtpgUBgOyu12sIIYQd3RZKdix/9xGnRwdcXxEA +zvbxux91+f3fMf0plUUAAAAAPJizCACA09yrxl7NVbBvef3za5cq4udeN7eurctM/Z4j2xW7ztT7 +eH/t2nGda//YZS7tz1q77DlmAL1SWQQAwCmWBvbv/m3r68/a/j3becb2x+5jDccixTLn9qXm9oc9 +Pq4fi38gRrHKopikvvQvG3vWs+fLxS8yfpEBAOb7DDH9taXX3//ter0u9pP29AvXtu91uXu2c6mP +d6RftsWWdR89FiXsOWZ7zw+ojcmaSaFIZVGqXx5S/nqzd3v37r9fZAAA1sOGd3+/9votPz6msue2 +tz3bWWvgcsaxOLq81tof4EzZK4u2/mq05XVry1/7ZWPLLw4pvlBTbXcNHQS/yAAAOfoae19/u90W +K5zvP3jN9V9S9lf2budaFXlpe6uacrRnquW11P4AZ8paWbT1V6PUy6/h1wO/yPjCBQD6kzNcWqrk +fve61z9792duOTX05e7bkONHyL3tD9CzIreh5f6CWftlo9aORMntzn1Puy9XAKBmr2HDliqSEkHK +7XYTWpx8fmh/gD9+1LhRZ06SfOQLodQEhEe+BN+VYKdc9mtbqCoCAHqVo5/zroJmy5QKqfclV9+x +tr7snvYH6NmPkXe+9nCn1Q6T0AgAiO2LbekjrD3tLKav8lwtErvuPU/KPbKdc/2qVo5diW0+crtd +D+0PkNtfNW7UvQz0tRz0zKdb7Nnu5+2v5YumxPbMlfECALz2tbY+DGTtCbO1PBxky3a21E86eiy2 +PiE4VT+9l/YHKKVIZdHR0s21JyDs/WWjhvmM/CIDAIzouX+3pSpo6fUxfbsSc2nu2c49fdaUUzds +DWy27mOq45dif1K1P0DPslYWbf3VKPXya3uKQ6rt9osMANCDrQ/7qPmhJr3u17uK8b3bnGo/j94F +0Op5BVDSZZqmafObLpdNH55rQcJrBcrWx83HLv/19ak+/Pc+Qn7rdqfc19flbA1+UuwLAGz9rt3R +baFkx/J3H/F+lD59/wPA6T5+96Muv/87pj9VZM6iFGn93mXU8uQGv8gAAAAALShSWQQAcITKokY6 +liqLAKA6eyqLfmg2AADoj2kCANhLWAQAAB0SBgGwl7BohV9kAAAAgJEIi1YIgwAAAICRCIsAAMji +Y6VCGwCo01+aAAAAAIA7lUUAACR10QQA0PZ3+TRN0+Y3XXQBAIDydnRbKNmx1EcEgC76UyqLAAAo +1vkEAOq3KyzSEQAAAADokwmuAQAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAe/g/10lQlA3JSSwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml index afc8a0dd2601..cea6fd3ed428 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml @@ -178,11 +178,3 @@ in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title> </biblioentry> </bibliography> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml index a86f7a045529..c79278acfb0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml @@ -1168,6 +1168,8 @@ dheight = format.fmt.pix.height; </section> </section> + &sub-selection-api; + <section id="streaming-par"> <title>Streaming Parameters</title> @@ -1195,11 +1197,3 @@ separate parameters for input and output devices.</para> <para>These ioctls are optional, drivers need not implement them. If so, they return the &EINVAL;.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index b68698f96e7f..a2485b3ff3d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link></para></entr <entry><para><link linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></link><footnote> <para>Presumably all V4L RGB formats are -little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianess. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue +little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianness. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue swapped variants. For details see <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para> </footnote></para></entry> </row> @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards)</entry> <row> <entry>sample_format</entry> <entry>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a -machine endianess integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> +machine endianness integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>start[]</entry> @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://reality.sgi.com -/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. +/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers (not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and @@ -2376,6 +2376,23 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35. <listitem> <para>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE was added to signal volatile controls to userspace.</para> </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Add selection API for extended control over cropping and +composing. Does not affect the compatibility of current drivers and +applications. See <link linkend="selection-api"> selection API </link> for +details.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.3</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Added <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant> control + to the <link linkend="control">User controls class</link>. + </para> + </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> @@ -2489,6 +2506,9 @@ ioctls.</para> <listitem> <para>&VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; and &VIDIOC-PREPARE-BUF; ioctls.</para> </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Selection API. <xref linkend="selection-api" /></para> + </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -2507,11 +2527,3 @@ interfaces and should not be implemented in new drivers.</para> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 3bc5ee8b2c74..a1be37897ad7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -324,12 +324,6 @@ minimum value disables backlight compensation.</entry> (usually a microscope).</entry> </row> <row> - <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_LASTP1</constant></entry> - <entry></entry> - <entry>End of the predefined control IDs (currently -<constant>V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2</constant> + 1).</entry> - </row> - <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE</constant></entry> <entry>integer</entry> <entry>This is a read-only control that can be read by the application @@ -345,6 +339,25 @@ and used as a hint to determine the number of OUTPUT buffers to pass to REQBUFS. The value is the minimum number of OUTPUT buffers that is necessary for hardware to work.</entry> </row> + <row id="v4l2-alpha-component"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + <entry> Sets the alpha color component on the capture device or on + the capture buffer queue of a mem-to-mem device. When a mem-to-mem + device produces frame format that includes an alpha component + (e.g. <link linkend="rgb-formats">packed RGB image formats</link>) + and the alpha value is not defined by the mem-to-mem input data + this control lets you select the alpha component value of all + pixels. It is applicable to any pixel format that contains an alpha + component. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_LASTP1</constant></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>End of the predefined control IDs (currently + <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant> + 1).</entry> + </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant></entry> <entry></entry> @@ -3329,6 +3342,16 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> <entry>The short circuit protection of the flash controller has been triggered.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT</constant></entry> + <entry>Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit + specific to the flash controller.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR</constant></entry> + <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open + circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </entrytbl> </row> @@ -3357,11 +3380,3 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </section> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "common.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml index 2237c661f26a..e1c5f9406d6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml @@ -108,11 +108,3 @@ linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O. See <xref linkend="io" /> for details.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml index 6e156dc45b94..dca0ecd54dc6 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml @@ -16,11 +16,3 @@ Applications send data to be converted to the driver through a I/O.</para> <para>[to do]</para> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml index 9c243beba0e6..2350a67c0710 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml @@ -15,11 +15,3 @@ receive the result data either with &func-read; and &func-write; functions, or through the streaming I/O mechanism.</para> <para>[to do]</para> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml index f14ae3fe107c..19f4becfae34 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml @@ -41,11 +41,3 @@ intermediate step leading up to that information. See the documentation for the event you want to subscribe to whether this is applicable for that event or not.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist></para> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml index c9a68a2ccd33..479d9433869a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml @@ -154,11 +154,3 @@ data flow. For more information see <xref linkend="crop" />.</para> however the framebuffer interface of the driver may support the <constant>FBIOBLANK</constant> ioctl.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml index 919e22c53854..9130a3dc7880 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml @@ -104,11 +104,3 @@ linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O. See <xref linkend="io" /> for details.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml index 92513cf79150..40d1d7681439 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml @@ -369,11 +369,3 @@ reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com on 22 Oct 2002 subject <para>To start or stop the frame buffer overlay applications call the &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml index 73aa90b45b34..3e6ac73b36af 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml @@ -47,11 +47,3 @@ depending on the selected frequency. The &VIDIOC-G-TUNER; or &VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR; ioctl reports the supported frequency range.</para> </section> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml index c5a70bdfaf27..b788c72c885e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml @@ -337,11 +337,3 @@ an &EBUSY; if the required hardware resources are temporarily unavailable, for example the device is already in use by another process.</para> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml index 2427f54397e7..38883a419e65 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. Any tuner that supports RDS will set the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS</constant> flag in the <structfield>capability</structfield> field of &v4l2-tuner;. If the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data -the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be +the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be set, see <link linkend="reading-rds-data">Reading RDS data</link>. For future use the -flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> has also been +flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> has also been defined. However, a driver for a radio tuner with this capability does not yet exist, so if you are planning to write such a driver you should discuss this on the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para> @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ field of &v4l2-modulator;. In order to enable the RDS transmission one must set the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS</constant> bit in the <structfield>txsubchans</structfield> field of &v4l2-modulator;. If the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data -the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be set. If the +the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be set. If the tuner is capable of handling RDS entities like program identification codes and radio -text, the flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> should be set, +text, the flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> should be set, see <link linkend="writing-rds-data">Writing RDS data</link> and <link linkend="fm-tx-controls">FM Transmitter Control Reference</link>.</para> </section> @@ -194,11 +194,3 @@ as follows:</para> </tgroup> </table> </section> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml index 69e789fa7f7b..548f8ea28dee 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml @@ -697,12 +697,3 @@ Sliced VBI services</link> for a description of the line payload.</entry> </section> </section> - - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml index 414b1cfff9f4..bd21c64d70f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml @@ -27,11 +27,3 @@ kernel 2.6.37.</para> <para>Modern devices all use the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw</link> or <link linkend="sliced">sliced</link> VBI API.</para> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml index 1f7eea5c4ec3..eacafe312cd2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml @@ -198,11 +198,3 @@ devices with the videodev module.</para> <para>to do</para> </section> --> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml index dfb41cbbbec3..232920d2f3c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml @@ -60,11 +60,3 @@ descriptor.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml index 2de64be706f5..4394184a1a6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml @@ -69,11 +69,3 @@ their respective function and parameters are specified in <xref the parameter remains unmodified.</para> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml index 786732b64bbd..f31ad71bf301 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml @@ -181,11 +181,3 @@ complete the request.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml index e2c4190f9bb6..860d49ca54a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml @@ -74,11 +74,3 @@ mapped yet.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml index 7595d07a8c72..cf64e207c3ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml @@ -111,11 +111,3 @@ system has been reached.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml index ec3c718f5963..85cad8bff5ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml @@ -117,11 +117,3 @@ than <constant>OPEN_MAX</constant>.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml index a5089bf8873d..e218bbfbd362 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml @@ -179,11 +179,3 @@ type of device.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml index b6713623181f..e12a60d9bd85 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml @@ -128,11 +128,3 @@ zero or greater than <constant>FD_SETSIZE</constant>.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml index 2c09c09371c3..575207885726 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml @@ -126,11 +126,3 @@ type of device.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index 3f47df1aa54a..b815929b5bba 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -1282,11 +1282,3 @@ line, top field first. The bottom field is transmitted first.</entry> </mediaobject> </figure> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml index 3cb10ec51929..d3b71e20003c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml @@ -158,10 +158,3 @@ still don't use libv4l.</para> </section> </section> -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml index 3b72bc6b2de7..bee970d3f76d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml @@ -60,11 +60,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml index ce4bc019e5c0..aadae92c5d04 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml @@ -137,11 +137,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml index 873f67035181..84dd4fd7cb80 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml @@ -141,11 +141,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml index c9e166d9ded8..3fd3ce5df270 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml @@ -144,11 +144,3 @@ CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.</para> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml index 7a2855a526c1..2f82b1da8dfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml @@ -64,11 +64,3 @@ layout of macroblocks</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml index 26094035fc04..8ae1f8a810d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml @@ -164,11 +164,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb255f2ca9dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + <refentry> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24 ('NV24'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42 ('NV42')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV24"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV42"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Formats with full horizontal and vertical +chroma resolutions, also known as YUV 4:4:4. One luminance and one +chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:4:4 format. The three + components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The Y plane is + first, with each Y sample stored in one byte per pixel. For + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24</constant>, a combined CbCr plane + immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane has the same + width and height, in pixels, as the Y plane (and the image). Each line + contains one CbCr pair per pixel, with each Cb and Cr sample stored in + one byte. <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42</constant> is the same except that + the Cb and Cr samples are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr + sample.</para> + + <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the CbCr plane + has twice as many pad bytes after its rows.</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="9" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 4:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 8:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 12:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 16:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 24:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 32:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 40:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> + </refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml index 4db272b8a0d3..166c8d65e4f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml @@ -428,8 +428,11 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para> <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a -<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link -linkend="osd">Video Output Overlay</link>.</para> +<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link linkend="osd"> +Video Output Overlay</link> or when alpha component has been configured +for a <link linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> by means of <link +linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"> <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT +</constant> </link> control.</para> <example> <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> 4 × 4 pixel @@ -930,11 +933,3 @@ See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions.</para> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml index 3cab5d0ca75d..33fa5a47a865 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml @@ -234,11 +234,3 @@ linkend="osd">Video Output Overlay</link>.</para> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml index 519a9efbac10..6494b05d84a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml @@ -81,11 +81,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml index 5fe84ecc2ebe..5eaf2b42d3f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml @@ -65,11 +65,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml index d67a472b0880..fee65dca79c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml @@ -65,11 +65,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml index 0cdf13b8ac1c..19727ab4c757 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml @@ -65,11 +65,3 @@ columns and rows.</para> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml index 816c8d467c16..b1f6801a17ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml @@ -118,11 +118,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml index 61f12a5e68d9..82803408b389 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml @@ -118,11 +118,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml index d58404015078..ff4f727d5624 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml @@ -79,11 +79,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml index 73c8536efb05..98dcb91d2917 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml @@ -147,11 +147,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml index 8eb4a193d770..0869dce5f92c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml @@ -131,11 +131,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml index 00e0960a9869..086dc731bf02 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml @@ -145,11 +145,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml index 42d7de5e456d..48649fac1596 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml @@ -147,11 +147,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml index f5d8f57495c8..9957863daf18 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml @@ -152,11 +152,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml index 4348bd9f0d01..4ce6463fe0a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml @@ -151,11 +151,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml index bdb2ffacbbcc..58384092251a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml @@ -118,11 +118,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml index 40d17ae39dde..bfffdc76d3da 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml @@ -118,11 +118,3 @@ pixel image</title> </example> </refsect1> </refentry> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index 2ff6b7776d7f..31eaae2469f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -714,6 +714,7 @@ information.</para> &sub-nv12m; &sub-nv12mt; &sub-nv16; + &sub-nv24; &sub-m420; </section> @@ -890,6 +891,11 @@ kernel sources in the file <filename>Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm <entry>'M310'</entry> <entry>Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry> </row> + <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-JL2005BCD"> + <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_JL2005BCD</constant></entry> + <entry>'JL20'</entry> + <entry>JPEG compressed RGGB Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry> + </row> <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV511"> <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511</constant></entry> <entry>'O511'</entry> @@ -997,11 +1003,3 @@ the other bits are set to 0.</entry> </tgroup> </table> </section> - - <!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: - --> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f0bdb4d5551 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +<section id="selection-api"> + + <title>Experimental API for cropping, composing and scaling</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link> +interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <section> + <title>Introduction</title> + +<para>Some video capture devices can sample a subsection of a picture and +shrink or enlarge it to an image of arbitrary size. Next, the devices can +insert the image into larger one. Some video output devices can crop part of an +input image, scale it up or down and insert it at an arbitrary scan line and +horizontal offset into a video signal. We call these abilities cropping, +scaling and composing.</para> + +<para>On a video <emphasis>capture</emphasis> device the source is a video +signal, and the cropping target determine the area actually sampled. The sink +is an image stored in a memory buffer. The composing area specifies which part +of the buffer is actually written to by the hardware. </para> + +<para>On a video <emphasis>output</emphasis> device the source is an image in a +memory buffer, and the cropping target is a part of an image to be shown on a +display. The sink is the display or the graphics screen. The application may +select the part of display where the image should be displayed. The size and +position of such a window is controlled by the compose target.</para> + +<para>Rectangles for all cropping and composing targets are defined even if the +device does supports neither cropping nor composing. Their size and position +will be fixed in such a case. If the device does not support scaling then the +cropping and composing rectangles have the same size.</para> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Selection targets</title> + + <figure id="sel-targets-capture"> + <title>Cropping and composing targets</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="selection.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Targets used by a cropping, composing and scaling + process</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section> + + <title>Configuration</title> + +<para>Applications can use the <link linkend="vidioc-g-selection">selection +API</link> to select an area in a video signal or a buffer, and to query for +default settings and hardware limits.</para> + +<para>Video hardware can have various cropping, composing and scaling +limitations. It may only scale up or down, support only discrete scaling +factors, or have different scaling abilities in the horizontal and vertical +directions. Also it may not support scaling at all. At the same time the +cropping/composing rectangles may have to be aligned, and both the source and +the sink may have arbitrary upper and lower size limits. Therefore, as usual, +drivers are expected to adjust the requested parameters and return the actual +values selected. An application can control the rounding behaviour using <link +linkend="v4l2-sel-flags"> constraint flags </link>.</para> + + <section> + + <title>Configuration of video capture</title> + +<para>See figure <xref linkend="sel-targets-capture" /> for examples of the +selection targets available for a video capture device. It is recommended to +configure the cropping targets before to the composing targets.</para> + +<para>The range of coordinates of the top left corner, width and height of +areas that can be sampled is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS +</constant> target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the +top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The rectangle's +coordinates are expressed in pixels.</para> + +<para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is +the area actually sampled, is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE +</constant> target. It uses the same coordinate system as <constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>. The active cropping area must lie +completely inside the capture boundaries. The driver may further adjust the +requested size and/or position according to hardware limitations.</para> + +<para>Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given by the +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall +over what the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall set +the active crop rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded, but +not later.</para> + +<para>The composing targets refer to a memory buffer. The limits of composing +coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS +</constant>. All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left +corner must be located at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and +height are equal to the image size set by <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant>. +</para> + +<para>The part of a buffer into which the image is inserted by the hardware is +controlled by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> target. +The rectangle's coordinates are also expressed in the same coordinate system as +the bounds rectangle. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside bounds +rectangle. The driver must adjust the composing rectangle to fit to the +bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according +to hardware limitations. The application can control rounding behaviour using +<link linkend="v4l2-sel-flags"> constraint flags </link>.</para> + +<para>For capture devices the default composing rectangle is queried using +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the +bounding rectangle.</para> + +<para>The part of a buffer that is modified by the hardware is given by +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED </constant>. It contains all pixels +defined using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> plus all +padding data modified by hardware during insertion process. All pixels outside +this rectangle <emphasis>must not</emphasis> be changed by the hardware. The +content of pixels that lie inside the padded area but outside active area is +undefined. The application can use the padded and active rectangles to detect +where the rubbish pixels are located and remove them if needed.</para> + + </section> + + <section> + + <title>Configuration of video output</title> + +<para>For output devices targets and ioctls are used similarly to the video +capture case. The <emphasis> composing </emphasis> rectangle refers to the +insertion of an image into a video signal. The cropping rectangles refer to a +memory buffer. It is recommended to configure the composing targets before to +the cropping targets.</para> + +<para>The cropping targets refer to the memory buffer that contains an image to +be inserted into a video signal or graphical screen. The limits of cropping +coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>. +All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The top/left corner is always point +<constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and height is equal to the image size +specified using <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant> ioctl.</para> + +<para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is +the area from which image date are processed by the hardware, is given by the +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant>. Its coordinates are expressed +in in the same coordinate system as the bounds rectangle. The active cropping +area must lie completely inside the crop boundaries and the driver may further +adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware +limitations.</para> + +<para>For output devices the default cropping rectangle is queried using +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the +bounding rectangle.</para> + +<para>The part of a video signal or graphics display where the image is +inserted by the hardware is controlled by <constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> target. The rectangle's coordinates +are expressed in pixels. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside the +bounds rectangle. The driver must adjust the area to fit to the bounding +limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according to +hardware limitations. </para> + +<para>The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the <constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall cover what +the driver writer considers the complete picture. It is recommended for the +driver developers to put the top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0) +</constant>. Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default +one when the driver is first loaded.</para> + +<para>The devices may introduce additional content to video signal other than +an image from memory buffers. It includes borders around an image. However, +such a padded area is driver-dependent feature not covered by this document. +Driver developers are encouraged to keep padded rectangle equal to active one. +The padded target is accessed by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED +</constant> identifier. It must contain all pixels from the <constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> target.</para> + + </section> + + <section> + + <title>Scaling control.</title> + +<para>An application can detect if scaling is performed by comparing the width +and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE +</constant> and <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> targets. If +these are not equal then the scaling is applied. The application can compute +the scaling ratios using these values.</para> + + </section> + + </section> + + <section> + + <title>Comparison with old cropping API.</title> + +<para>The selection API was introduced to cope with deficiencies of previous +<link linkend="crop"> API </link>, that was designed to control simple capture +devices. Later the cropping API was adopted by video output drivers. The ioctls +are used to select a part of the display were the video signal is inserted. It +should be considered as an API abuse because the described operation is +actually the composing. The selection API makes a clear distinction between +composing and cropping operations by setting the appropriate targets. The V4L2 +API lacks any support for composing to and cropping from an image inside a +memory buffer. The application could configure a capture device to fill only a +part of an image by abusing V4L2 API. Cropping a smaller image from a larger +one is achieved by setting the field <structfield> +&v4l2-pix-format;::bytesperline </structfield>. Introducing an image offsets +could be done by modifying field <structfield> &v4l2-buffer;::m:userptr +</structfield> before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those +operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do +not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers. The selection API +deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and +portable way. Next, with the selection API the concepts of the padded target +and constraints flags are introduced. Finally, <structname> &v4l2-crop; +</structname> and <structname> &v4l2-cropcap; </structname> have no reserved +fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality. The new +<structname> &v4l2-selection; </structname> provides a lot of place for future +extensions. Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API. +The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Examples</title> + <example> + <title>Resetting the cropping parameters</title> + + <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change <constant> +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE </constant> for other devices; change target to +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_* </constant> family to configure composing +area)</para> + + <programlisting> + + &v4l2-selection; sel = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT, + }; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + sel.target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + </programlisting> + </example> + + <example> + <title>Simple downscaling</title> + <para>Setting a composing area on output of size of <emphasis> at most +</emphasis> half of limit placed at a center of a display.</para> + <programlisting> + + &v4l2-selection; sel = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS, + }; + struct v4l2_rect r; + + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + /* setting smaller compose rectangle */ + r.width = sel.r.width / 2; + r.height = sel.r.height / 2; + r.left = sel.r.width / 4; + r.top = sel.r.height / 4; + sel.r = r; + sel.target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE; + sel.flags = V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + </programlisting> + </example> + + <example> + <title>Querying for scaling factors</title> + <para>A video output device is assumed; change <constant> +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> for other devices</para> + <programlisting> + + &v4l2-selection; compose = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE, + }; + &v4l2-selection; crop = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE, + }; + double hscale, vscale; + + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &compose); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &crop); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + /* computing scaling factors */ + hscale = (double)compose.r.width / crop.r.width; + vscale = (double)compose.r.height / crop.r.height; + + </programlisting> + </example> + + </section> + +</section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index 2ab365c10fb9..e97c512861bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -501,6 +501,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> &sub-g-output; &sub-g-parm; &sub-g-priority; + &sub-g-selection; &sub-g-sliced-vbi-cap; &sub-g-std; &sub-g-tuner; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml index 1d31427edd1b..0be17c232d3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml @@ -228,11 +228,3 @@ is out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml index 71d373b6d36a..347d142e7431 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml @@ -156,11 +156,3 @@ bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml index 476fe1d2bba0..9b8efcd6e947 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml @@ -311,11 +311,3 @@ out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml index a281d26a195f..a64d5ef103fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml @@ -196,11 +196,3 @@ is out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml index 95803fe2c8e4..3a5fc5405f96 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml @@ -381,11 +381,3 @@ is out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml index 5146d00782e3..12b1d0503e26 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml @@ -127,11 +127,3 @@ this control belongs to.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml index 5122ce87e0b8..b17a7aac6997 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml @@ -183,7 +183,12 @@ applications must set the array to zero.</entry> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>ctrl_class</structfield></entry> <entry>The control class to which all controls belong, see -<xref linkend="ctrl-class" />.</entry> +<xref linkend="ctrl-class" />. Drivers that use a kernel framework for handling +controls will also accept a value of 0 here, meaning that the controls can +belong to any control class. Whether drivers support this can be tested by setting +<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield> to 0 and calling <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> +with a <structfield>count</structfield> of 0. If that succeeds, then the driver +supports this feature.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -194,10 +199,13 @@ also be zero.</entry> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>error_idx</structfield></entry> - <entry>Set by the driver in case of an error. It is the -index of the control causing the error or equal to 'count' when the -error is not associated with a particular control. Undefined when the -ioctl returns 0 (success).</entry> + <entry>Set by the driver in case of an error. If it is equal +to <structfield>count</structfield>, then no actual changes were made to +controls. In other words, the error was not associated with setting a particular +control. If it is another value, then only the controls up to <structfield>error_idx-1</structfield> +were modified and control <structfield>error_idx</structfield> is the one that +caused the error. The <structfield>error_idx</structfield> value is undefined +if the ioctl returned 0 (success).</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -312,10 +320,3 @@ to store the payload and this error code is returned.</para> </refsect1> </refentry> -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml index 055718231bc1..7c63815e7afd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml @@ -295,7 +295,8 @@ set this field to zero.</entry> <entry>The device is capable of non-destructive overlays. When the driver clears this flag, only destructive overlays are supported. There are no drivers yet which support both destructive and -non-destructive overlays.</entry> +non-destructive overlays. Video Output Overlays are in practice always +non-destructive.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry> @@ -339,8 +340,8 @@ blending makes no sense for destructive overlays.</entry> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SRC_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry> <entry>0x0080</entry> - <entry>The device supports Source Chroma-keying. Framebuffer pixels -with the chroma-key colors are replaced by video pixels, which is exactly opposite of + <entry>The device supports Source Chroma-keying. Video pixels +with the chroma-key colors are replaced by framebuffer pixels, which is exactly opposite of <constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry> </row> </tbody> @@ -356,21 +357,27 @@ with the chroma-key colors are replaced by video pixels, which is exactly opposi <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY</constant></entry> <entry>0x0001</entry> <entry>The framebuffer is the primary graphics surface. -In other words, the overlay is destructive. [?]</entry> +In other words, the overlay is destructive. This flag is typically set by any +driver that doesn't have the <constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY</constant> +capability and it is cleared otherwise.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant></entry> <entry>0x0002</entry> - <entry>The frame buffer is an overlay surface the same -size as the capture. [?]</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry spanname="hspan">The purpose of -<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY</constant> and -<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant> was never quite clear. -Most drivers seem to ignore these flags. For compatibility with the -<wordasword>bttv</wordasword> driver applications should set the -<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant> flag.</entry> + <entry>If this flag is set for a video capture device, then the +driver will set the initial overlay size to cover the full framebuffer size, +otherwise the existing overlay size (as set by &VIDIOC-S-FMT;) will be used. + +Only one video capture driver (bttv) supports this flag. The use of this flag +for capture devices is deprecated. There is no way to detect which drivers +support this flag, so the only reliable method of setting the overlay size is +through &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. + +If this flag is set for a video output device, then the video output overlay +window is relative to the top-left corner of the framebuffer and restricted +to the size of the framebuffer. If it is cleared, then the video output +overlay window is relative to the video output display. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml index 062d72069090..66e9a5257861 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml @@ -98,8 +98,11 @@ the &v4l2-output; <structfield>modulator</structfield> field and the <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>The tuner type. This is the same value as in the -&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. The field is not -applicable to modulators, &ie; ignored by drivers.</entry> +&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. The type must be set +to <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RADIO</constant> for <filename>/dev/radioX</filename> +device nodes, and to <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> +for all others. The field is not applicable to modulators, &ie; ignored +by drivers.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -135,11 +138,3 @@ wrong.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml index 08ae82f131f2..1d43065090dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ desired input in an integer and call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_INPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this integer. Side effects are possible. For example inputs may support different video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the -current standard. It is good practice to select an input before -querying or negotiating any other parameters.</para> +current standard. Because of these possible side effects applications +must select an input before querying or negotiating any other parameters.</para> <para>Information about video inputs is available using the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl.</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml index 15ce660f0f5a..7f4ac7e41fa8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml @@ -236,11 +236,3 @@ mode.</entry> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml index fd45f1c13ccf..4533068ecb8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml @@ -61,8 +61,9 @@ desired output in an integer and call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this integer. Side effects are possible. For example outputs may support different video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the current -standard. It is good practice to select an output before querying or -negotiating any other parameters.</para> +standard. +standard. Because of these possible side effects applications +must select an output before querying or negotiating any other parameters.</para> <para>Information about video outputs is available using the &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl.</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml index 8f5e3da7002f..6a81b4fe9538 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml @@ -133,11 +133,3 @@ priority.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a9d36e0c090e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-g-selection"> + + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_S_SELECTION</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_G_SELECTION</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_S_SELECTION</refname> + <refpurpose>Get or set one of the selection rectangles</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_selection *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_S_SELECTION</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>The ioctls are used to query and configure selection rectangles.</para> + +<para> To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> to the respective buffer type. Do not +use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE +</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of +<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is +setting <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> to value +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant> (<constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref +linkend="v4l2-sel-target" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional +targets. Fields <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> and +<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::reserved </structfield> are ignored and they +must be filled with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or +returns &EINVAL; if incorrect buffer type or target was used. If cropping +(composing) is not supported then the active rectangle is not mutable and it is +always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, structure <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> is filled with the current cropping +(composing) coordinates. The coordinates are expressed in driver-dependent +units. The only exception are rectangles for images in raw formats, whose +coordinates are always expressed in pixels. </para> + +<para> To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> to the respective buffer type. Do not +use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE +</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of +<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is +setting <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> to value +<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant> (<constant> +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref +linkend="v4l2-sel-target" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional +targets. Set desired active area into the field <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield>. Field <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::reserved </structfield> is ignored and must be filled with +zeros. The driver may adjust the rectangle coordinates. An application may +introduce constraints to control rounding behaviour. Set the field +<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> to one of values: + +<itemizedlist> + <listitem> +<para><constant>0</constant> - The driver can adjust the rectangle size freely +and shall choose a crop/compose rectangle as close as possible to the requested +one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> +<para><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE</constant> - The driver is not allowed to +shrink the rectangle. The original rectangle must lay inside the adjusted +one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> +<para><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE</constant> - The driver is not allowed to +enlarge the rectangle. The adjusted rectangle must lay inside the original +one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> +<para><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE | V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE</constant> - The driver +must choose the size exactly the same as in the requested rectangle.</para> + </listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +Please refer to <xref linkend="sel-const-adjust" />. + +</para> + +<para> The driver may have to adjusts the requested dimensions against hardware +limits and other parts as the pipeline, i.e. the bounds given by the +capture/output window or TV display. The closest possible values of horizontal +and vertical offset and sizes are chosen according to following priority: + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Satisfy constraints from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::flags</structfield>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Adjust width, height, left, and top to hardware limits and alignments.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Keep center of adjusted rectangle as close as possible to the original one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Keep width and height as close as possible to original ones.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Keep horizontal and vertical offset as close as possible to original ones.</para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +On success the field <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> contains +the adjusted rectangle. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may +modify the cropping (composing) or image parameters and repeat the cycle until +satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be +violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis> there +exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> + + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-sel-target"> + <title>Selection targets.</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE</constant></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>area that is currently cropped by hardware</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>suggested cropping rectangle that covers the "whole picture"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>limits for the cropping rectangle</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE</constant></entry> + <entry>256</entry> + <entry>area to which data are composed by hardware</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant></entry> + <entry>257</entry> + <entry>suggested composing rectangle that covers the "whole picture"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS</constant></entry> + <entry>258</entry> + <entry>limits for the composing rectangle</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant></entry> + <entry>259</entry> + <entry>the active area and all padding pixels that are inserted or modified by the hardware</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-sel-flags"> + <title>Selection constraint flags</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00000001</entry> + <entry>indicate that adjusted rectangle must contain a rectangle from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::r</structfield></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00000002</entry> + <entry>indicate that adjusted rectangle must be inside a rectangle from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::r</structfield></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </refsect1> + + <section> + <figure id="sel-const-adjust"> + <title>Size adjustments with constraint flags.</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="constraints.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Behaviour of rectangle adjustment for different constraint + flags.</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <refsect1> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-selection"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_selection</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> + <entry>Type of the buffer (from &v4l2-buf-type;)</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>target</structfield></entry> + <entry>used to select between <link linkend="v4l2-sel-target"> cropping and composing rectangles </link></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>control over coordinates adjustments, refer to <link linkend="v4l2-sel-flags">selection flags</link></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry> + <entry><structfield>r</structfield></entry> + <entry>selection rectangle</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved[9]</structfield></entry> + <entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The buffer <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> +or <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> is not supported, or +the <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> are invalid.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>it is not possible to adjust a rectangle <structfield> +&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> that satisfies all contraints from +<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>it is not possible to apply change of selection rectangle at the moment. +Usually because streaming is in progress.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml index 37996f25b5d4..99ff1a016220 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml @@ -88,11 +88,3 @@ standards.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml index bd98c734c06b..91ec2fb658f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml @@ -318,6 +318,16 @@ standard.</para><!-- FIXME what if PAL+NTSC and Bi but not SAP? --></entry> <entry>RDS capture is supported. This capability is only valid for radio tuners.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0100</entry> + <entry>The RDS data is passed as unparsed RDS blocks.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0200</entry> + <entry>The RDS data is parsed by the hardware and set via controls.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -525,11 +535,3 @@ out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml index 5c104d42d31c..6e414d7b6df7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml @@ -100,11 +100,3 @@ supported, or the <structfield>index</structfield> is out of bounds.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml index 0ac0057a51c4..36660d311b51 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -443,11 +443,3 @@ or this particular menu item is not supported by the driver.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml index c30dcc4232c0..e013da845b11 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml @@ -125,11 +125,3 @@ wrong.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl index 5de23c007078..cab4ec58e46e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards supported by this module */ static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX; static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR; - static int enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP; + static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP; /* definition of the chip-specific record */ struct mychip { diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..27dcaabfb4db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +irq_domain interrupt number mapping library + +The current design of the Linux kernel uses a single large number +space where each separate IRQ source is assigned a different number. +This is simple when there is only one interrupt controller, but in +systems with multiple interrupt controllers the kernel must ensure +that each one gets assigned non-overlapping allocations of Linux +IRQ numbers. + +The irq_alloc_desc*() and irq_free_desc*() APIs provide allocation of +irq numbers, but they don't provide any support for reverse mapping of +the controller-local IRQ (hwirq) number into the Linux IRQ number +space. + +The irq_domain library adds mapping between hwirq and IRQ numbers on +top of the irq_alloc_desc*() API. An irq_domain to manage mapping is +preferred over interrupt controller drivers open coding their own +reverse mapping scheme. + +irq_domain also implements translation from Device Tree interrupt +specifiers to hwirq numbers, and can be easily extended to support +other IRQ topology data sources. + +=== irq_domain usage === +An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by +calling one of the irq_domain_add_*() functions (each mapping method +has a different allocator function, more on that later). The function +will return a pointer to the irq_domain on success. The caller must +provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure with +the .map callback populated as a minimum. + +In most cases, the irq_domain will begin empty without any mappings +between hwirq and IRQ numbers. Mappings are added to the irq_domain +by calling irq_create_mapping() which accepts the irq_domain and a +hwirq number as arguments. If a mapping for the hwirq doesn't already +exist then it will allocate a new Linux irq_desc, associate it with +the hwirq, and call the .map() callback so the driver can perform any +required hardware setup. + +When an interrupt is received, irq_find_mapping() function should +be used to find the Linux IRQ number from the hwirq number. + +If the driver has the Linux IRQ number or the irq_data pointer, and +needs to know the associated hwirq number (such as in the irq_chip +callbacks) then it can be directly obtained from irq_data->hwirq. + +=== Types of irq_domain mappings === +There are several mechanisms available for reverse mapping from hwirq +to Linux irq, and each mechanism uses a different allocation function. +Which reverse map type should be used depends on the use case. Each +of the reverse map types are described below: + +==== Linear ==== +irq_domain_add_linear() + +The linear reverse map maintains a fixed size table indexed by the +hwirq number. When a hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated for +the hwirq, and the IRQ number is stored in the table. + +The Linear map is a good choice when the maximum number of hwirqs is +fixed and a relatively small number (~ < 256). The advantages of this +map are fixed time lookup for IRQ numbers, and irq_descs are only +allocated for in-use IRQs. The disadvantage is that the table must be +as large as the largest possible hwirq number. + +The majority of drivers should use the linear map. + +==== Tree ==== +irq_domain_add_tree() + +The irq_domain maintains a radix tree map from hwirq numbers to Linux +IRQs. When an hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated and the +hwirq is used as the lookup key for the radix tree. + +The tree map is a good choice if the hwirq number can be very large +since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest +hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is +dependent on how many entries are in the table. + +Very few drivers should need this mapping. At the moment, powerpc +iseries is the only user. + +==== No Map ===- +irq_domain_add_nomap() + +The No Map mapping is to be used when the hwirq number is +programmable in the hardware. In this case it is best to program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware itself so that no mapping is +required. Calling irq_create_direct_mapping() will allocate a Linux +IRQ number and call the .map() callback so that driver can program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware. + +Most drivers cannot use this mapping. + +==== Legacy ==== +irq_domain_add_legacy() +irq_domain_add_legacy_isa() + +The Legacy mapping is a special case for drivers that already have a +range of irq_descs allocated for the hwirqs. It is used when the +driver cannot be immediately converted to use the linear mapping. For +example, many embedded system board support files use a set of #defines +for IRQ numbers that are passed to struct device registrations. In that +case the Linux IRQ numbers cannot be dynamically assigned and the legacy +mapping should be used. + +The legacy map assumes a contiguous range of IRQ numbers has already +been allocated for the controller and that the IRQ number can be +calculated by adding a fixed offset to the hwirq number, and +visa-versa. The disadvantage is that it requires the interrupt +controller to manage IRQ allocations and it requires an irq_desc to be +allocated for every hwirq, even if it is unused. + +The legacy map should only be used if fixed IRQ mappings must be +supported. For example, ISA controllers would use the legacy map for +mapping Linux IRQs 0-15 so that existing ISA drivers get the correct IRQ +numbers. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index c43460dade0f..7c1dfb19fc40 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -Read the F-ing Papers! +Read the Fscking Papers! This document describes RCU-related publications, and is followed by the corresponding bibtex entries. A number of the publications may -be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. +be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. For others, browsers +and search engines will usually find what you are looking for. The first thing resembling RCU was published in 1980, when Kung and Lehman [Kung80] recommended use of a garbage collector to defer destruction @@ -160,7 +161,26 @@ which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU] [MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path -to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. +to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. A few academic researchers are now +using RCU to solve their parallel problems [HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU]. + +2010 produced a simpler preemptible-RCU implementation +based on TREE_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU], lockdep-RCU +[PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizeable RCU-protected hash +table [HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash] (this one consuming more memory, +but allowing arbitrary changes in hash function, as required for DoS +avoidance in the networking code), realization of the 2009 RCU-protected +hash table with atomic node move [JoshTriplett2010RPHash], an update on +the RCU API [PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI]. + +2011 marked the inclusion of Nick Piggin's fully lockless dentry search +[LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS], an RCU-protected red-black +tree using software transactional memory to protect concurrent updates +(strange, but true!) [PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree], yet another variant of +RCU-protected resizeable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU +trainwreck [PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck], and Neil Brown's "Meet the +Lockers" LWN article [NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers]. + Bibtex Entries @@ -173,6 +193,14 @@ Bibtex Entries ,volume="5" ,number="3" ,pages="354-382" +,note="Available: +\url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=320619&dl=GUIDE,} +[Viewed December 3, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Use garbage collector to clean up data after everyone is done with it. + . + Oldest use of something vaguely resembling RCU that I have found. +} } @techreport{Manber82 @@ -184,6 +212,31 @@ Bibtex Entries ,number="82-01-01" ,month="January" ,pages="28" +,annotation={ + . + Superseded by Manber84. + . + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. + . + Cites Kung80, so not an independent invention, but the first + RCU-like usage that does not rely on an automatic garbage + collector. +} } @article{Manber84 @@ -195,6 +248,74 @@ Bibtex Entries ,volume="9" ,number="3" ,pages="439-455" +,annotation={ + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. +} +} + +@Conference{RichardRashid87a +,Author="Richard Rashid and Avadis Tevanian and Michael Young and +David Golub and Robert Baron and David Black and William Bolosky and +Jonathan Chew" +,Title="Machine-Independent Virtual Memory Management for Paged +Uniprocessor and Multiprocessor Architectures" +,Booktitle="{2\textsuperscript{nd} Symposium on Architectural Support +for Programming Languages and Operating Systems}" +,Publisher="Association for Computing Machinery" +,Month="October" +,Year="1987" +,pages="31-39" +,Address="Palo Alto, CA" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cse.ucsc.edu/~randal/221/rashid-machvm.pdf} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Describes lazy TLB flush, where one waits for each CPU to pass + through a scheduling-clock interrupt before reusing a given range + of virtual address. Does not describe how one determines that + all CPUs have in fact taken such an interrupt, though there are + no shortage of straightforward methods for accomplishing this. + . + Note that it does not make sense to just wait a fixed amount of + time, since a given CPU might have interrupts disabled for an + extended amount of time. +} +} + +@article{BarbaraLiskov1988ArgusCACM +,author = {Barbara Liskov} +,title = {Distributed programming in {Argus}} +,journal = {Commun. ACM} +,volume = {31} +,number = {3} +,year = {1988} +,issn = {0001-0782} +,pages = {300--312} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/42392.42399} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation= { + At the top of page 307: "Conflicts with deposits and withdrawals + are necessary if the reported total is to be up to date. They + could be avoided by having total return a sum that is slightly + out of date." Relies on semantics -- approximate numerical + values sometimes OK. +} } @techreport{Hennessy89 @@ -216,6 +337,13 @@ Bibtex Entries ,year="1990" ,number="CS-TR-2222.1" ,month="June" +,annotation={ + Concurrent access to skip lists. Has both weak and strong search. + Uses concept of ``garbage queue'', but has no real way of cleaning + the garbage efficiently. + . + Appears to be an independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism. +} } @Book{Adams91 @@ -223,20 +351,15 @@ Bibtex Entries ,title="Concurrent Programming, Principles, and Practices" ,Publisher="Benjamin Cummins" ,Year="1991" +,annotation={ + Has a few paragraphs describing ``chaotic relaxation'', a + numerical analysis technique that allows multiprocessors to + avoid synchronization overhead by using possibly-stale data. + . + Seems like this is descended from yet another independent + invention of RCU-like function -- but this is restricted + in that reclamation is not necessary. } - -@phdthesis{HMassalinPhD -,author="H. Massalin" -,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating -System Services" -,school="Columbia University" -,address="New York, NY" -,year="1992" -,annotation=" - Mondo optimizing compiler. - Wait-free stuff. - Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. -" } @unpublished{Jacobson93 @@ -244,7 +367,13 @@ System Services" ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" ,year="1993" ,month="September" -,note="Verbal discussion" +,note="private communication" +,annotation={ + Use fixed time delay to approximate grace period. Very simple, + but subject to random memory corruption under heavy load. + . + Independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} } @Conference{AjuJohn95 @@ -256,6 +385,17 @@ System Services" ,Year="1995" ,pages="11-23" ,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,note="Available: +\url{https://www.usenix.org/publications/library/proceedings/neworl/full_papers/john.a} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Age vnodes out of the cache, and have a fixed time set by a kernel + parameter. Not clear that all races were in fact correctly handled. + Used a 20-minute time by default, which would most definitely not + be suitable during DoS attacks or virus scans. + . + Apparently independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} } @conference{Pu95a, @@ -301,31 +441,47 @@ Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1995" -,number="US Patent 5,442,758 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,442,758" ,month="August" +,annotation={ + Describes the parallel RCU infrastructure. Includes NUMA aspect + (structure of bitmap can reflect bus structure of computer system). + . + Another independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism, but the + "real" RCU this time! +} } @techreport{Slingwine97 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Method for maintaining data coherency using thread -activity summaries in a multicomputer system" +,title="Method for Maintaining Data Coherency Using Thread Activity +Summaries in a Multicomputer System" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1997" -,number="US Patent 5,608,893 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,608,893" ,month="March" +,pages="19" +,annotation={ + Describes use of RCU to synchronize data between a pair of + SMP/NUMA computer systems. +} } @techreport{Slingwine98 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead -mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor -system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1998" -,number="US Patent 5,727,209 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,727,209" ,month="March" +,annotation={ + Describes doing an atomic update by copying the data item and + then substituting it into the data structure. +} } @Conference{McKenney98 @@ -337,6 +493,15 @@ Problems" ,Year="1998" ,pages="509-518" ,Address="Las Vegas, NV" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclockpdcsproof.pdf} +[Viewed December 3, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Describes and analyzes RCU mechanism in DYNIX/ptx. Describes + application to linked list update and log-buffer flushing. + Defines 'quiescent state'. Includes both measured and analytic + evaluation. +} } @Conference{Gamsa99 @@ -349,18 +514,76 @@ Operating System Design and Implementation}" ,Year="1999" ,pages="87-100" ,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi99/full_papers/gamsa/gamsa.pdf} +[Viewed August 30, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Use of RCU-like facility in K42/Tornado. Another independent + invention of RCU. + See especially pages 7-9 (Section 5). +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000a +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="23" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00250.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + Yet another independent invention of RCU. + Outline of algorithm to unload modules... + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000b +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="24" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00254.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Read-Copy Update Mutual Exclusion in {Linux}" +,month="February" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/rcu/rcupdate_doc.html} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Prototypical Linux documentation for RCU. +} } @techreport{Slingwine01 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead -mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor -system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="2001" -,number="US Patent 5,219,690 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 6,219,690" ,month="April" +,annotation={ + 'Change in mode' aspect of RCU. Can be thought of as a lazy barrier. +} } @Conference{McKenney01a @@ -372,14 +595,61 @@ Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,Year="2001" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2001/abstracts/readcopy.php} -\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" -annotation=" -Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using it in -the Linux kernel. +,annotation={ + Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using + it in the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01f +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100259266316456&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Memory-barrier and Alpha thread. 100 messages, not too bad... +" +} + +@unpublished{Spraul01 +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100264675012867&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Suggested burying memory barriers in Linux's list-manipulation + primitives. " } +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2001a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="{Re:} {[Lse-tech]} {Re:} {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2001/10/13/105} +[Viewed August 21, 2004]" +} + +@unpublished{Blanchard02a +,Author="Anton Blanchard" +,Title="some RCU dcache and ratcache results" +,month="March" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=101637107412972&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +} + @Conference{Linder02a ,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" @@ -387,6 +657,10 @@ the Linux kernel. ,Month="June" ,Year="2002" ,pages="289-300" +,annotation=" + Measured scalability of Linux 2.4 kernel's directory-entry cache + (dcache), and measured some scalability enhancements. +" } @Conference{McKenney02a @@ -400,49 +674,76 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linux.org.uk/~ajh/ols2002_proceedings.pdf.gz} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Presented and compared a number of RCU implementations for the + Linux kernel. +" } -@conference{Michael02a -,author="Maged M. Michael" -,title="Safe Memory Reclamation for Dynamic Lock-Free Objects Using Atomic -Reads and Writes" -,Year="2002" -,Month="August" -,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 21\textsuperscript{st} Annual ACM -Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}" -,pages="21-30" +@unpublished{Sarma02a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="specweb99: dcache scalability results" +,month="July" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=102645767914212&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" ,annotation=" - Each thread keeps an array of pointers to items that it is - currently referencing. Sort of an inside-out garbage collection - mechanism, but one that requires the accessing code to explicitly - state its needs. Also requires read-side memory barriers on - most architectures. + Compare fastwalk and RCU for dcache. RCU won. " } -@conference{Michael02b -,author="Maged M. Michael" -,title="High Performance Dynamic Lock-Free Hash Tables and List-Based Sets" -,Year="2002" -,Month="August" -,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 14\textsuperscript{th} Annual ACM -Symposium on Parallel -Algorithms and Architecture}" -,pages="73-82" +@unpublished{Barbieri02 +,Author="Luca Barbieri" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} Initial support for struct {vfs\_cred}" +,month="August" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103082050621241&w=2} +[Viewed: June 23, 2004]" ,annotation=" - Like the title says... + Suggested RCU for vfs\_shared\_cred. " } -@InProceedings{HerlihyLM02 -,author={Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir} -,title="The Repeat Offender Problem: A Mechanism for Supporting Dynamic-Sized, -Lock-Free Data Structures" -,booktitle={Proceedings of 16\textsuperscript{th} International -Symposium on Distributed Computing} -,year=2002 +@unpublished{Dickins02a +,author="Hugh Dickins" +,title="Use RCU for System-V IPC" +,year="2002" +,month="October" +,note="private communication" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma02b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Some dcache\_rcu benchmark numbers" ,month="October" -,pages="339-353" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103462075416638&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Performance of dcache RCU on kernbench for 16x NUMA-Q and 1x, + 2x, and 4x systems. RCU does no harm, and helps on 16x. +" +} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2003a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} small fixes in brlock.h" +,month="March" +,year="2003" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/3/9/205} +[Viewed March 13, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Linus suggests replacing brlock with RCU and/or seqlocks: + . + 'It's entirely possible that the current user could be replaced + by RCU and/or seqlocks, and we could get rid of brlocks entirely.' + . + Steve Hemminger responds by replacing them with RCU. +" } @article{Appavoo03a @@ -457,6 +758,20 @@ B. Rosenburg and M. Stumm and J. Xenidis" ,volume="42" ,number="1" ,pages="60-76" +,annotation=" + Use of RCU to enable hot-swapping for autonomic behavior in K42. +" +} + +@unpublished{Seigh03 +,author="Joseph W. {Seigh II}" +,title="Read Copy Update" +,Year="2003" +,Month="March" +,note="email correspondence" +,annotation=" + Described the relationship of the VM/XA passive serialization to RCU. +" } @Conference{Arcangeli03 @@ -470,6 +785,27 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,year="2003" ,month="June" ,pages="297-310" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu.FREENIX.2003.06.14.pdf} +[Viewed November 21, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Compared updated RCU implementations for the Linux kernel, and + described System V IPC use of RCU, including order-of-magnitude + performance improvements. +" +} + +@Conference{Soules03a +,Author="Craig A. N. Soules and Jonathan Appavoo and Kevin Hui and +Dilma {Da Silva} and Gregory R. Ganger and Orran Krieger and +Michael Stumm and Robert W. Wisniewski and Marc Auslander and +Michal Ostrowski and Bryan Rosenburg and Jimi Xenidis" +,Title="System Support for Online Reconfiguration" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2003 USENIX Annual Technical Conference" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2003" +,month="June" +,pages="141-154" } @article{McKenney03a @@ -481,6 +817,22 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,volume="1" ,number="114" ,pages="18-26" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6993} +[Viewed November 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Reader-friendly intro to RCU, with the infamous old-man-and-brat + cartoon. +" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma03a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="RCU low latency patches" +,month="December" +,year="2003" +,note="Message ID: 20031222180114.GA2248@in.ibm.com" +,annotation="dipankar/ct.2004.03.27/RCUll.2003.12.22.patch" } @techreport{Friedberg03a @@ -489,9 +841,14 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="2003" -,number="US Patent 6,662,184 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 6,662,184" ,month="December" ,pages="112" +,annotation=" + Applies RCU to a wildcard-search Patricia tree in order to permit + synchronization-free lookup. RCU is used to retain removed nodes + for a grace period before freeing them. +" } @article{McKenney04a @@ -503,6 +860,12 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,volume="1" ,number="118" ,pages="38-46" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/node/7124} +[Viewed December 26, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Reader friendly intro to dcache and RCU. +" } @Conference{McKenney04b @@ -514,8 +877,83 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,Address="Adelaide, Australia" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linux.org.au/conf/2004/abstracts.html#90} -\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Compares performance of RCU to that of other locking primitives + over a number of CPUs (x86, Opteron, Itanium, and PPC). +" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108003746402892&w=2}" +,annotation="Head of thread: dipankar/2004.03.23/rcu-low-lat.1.patch" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108016474829546&w=2}" +,annotation="dipankar/rcuth.2004.03.24/rcu-throttle.patch" +} + +@unpublished{Spraul04a +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[RFC] 0/5 rcu lock update" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108546407726602&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Hierarchical-bitmap patch for RCU infrastructure. +" +} + +@unpublished{Steiner04a +,Author="Jack Steiner" +,Title="Re: [Lse-tech] [RFC, PATCH] 1/5 rcu lock update: +Add per-cpu batch counter" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108551764515332&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + RCU runs reasonably on a 512-CPU SGI using Manfred Spraul's patches, + which may be found at: + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/20/49 (split vars into cachelines) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/22/114 (cpu_quiet() patch) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/24 (0/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/23 (1/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/265 (works for Jack) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/20 (2/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/22 (3/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/19 (4/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/21 (5/5) +} +} + +@Conference{Sarma04c +,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Making {RCU} Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response +Realtime Applications" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference +(FREENIX Track)" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2004" +,month="June" +,pages="182-191" +,annotation=" + Describes and compares a number of modifications to the Linux RCU + implementation that make it friendly to realtime applications. +" } @phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD @@ -529,17 +967,118 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdissertation.2004.07.14e1.pdf} [Viewed October 15, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Describes RCU implementations and presents design patterns + corresponding to common uses of RCU in several operating-system + kernels. +" } -@Conference{Sarma04c -,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" -,Title="Making RCU Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response Realtime Applications" -,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference -(FREENIX Track)" -,Publisher="USENIX Association" +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:dereference +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{Re: RCU : Abstracted RCU dereferencing [5/5]}" +,month="August" ,year="2004" -,month="June" -,pages="182-191" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/6/237} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Introduce rcu_dereference(). +" +} + +@unpublished{JimHouston04a +,Author="Jim Houston" +,Title="{[RFC\&PATCH] Alternative {RCU} implementation}" +,month="August" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/30/87} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Uses active code in rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to + make RCU happen, allowing RCU to function on CPUs that do not + receive a scheduling-clock interrupt. +" +} + +@unpublished{TomHart04a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart" +,Title="Master's Thesis: Applying Lock-free Techniques to the {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/masters_thesis.html} +[Viewed October 15, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Proposes comparing RCU to lock-free methods for the Linux kernel. +" +} + +@unpublished{Vaddagiri04a +,Author="Srivatsa Vaddagiri" +,Title="Subject: [RFC] Use RCU for tcp\_ehash lookup" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109395731700004&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Srivatsa's RCU patch for tcp_ehash lookup. +" +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04a +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109144217400003&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +" +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04b +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: Re: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=109152521410459&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:assign:pointer +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH 1/3] RCU: \url{rcu_assign_pointer()} removal of memory barriers}" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/10/23/241} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Introduce rcu_assign_pointer(). +" +} + +@unpublished{JamesMorris04a +,Author="James Morris" +,Title="{[PATCH 2/3] SELinux} scalability - convert {AVC} to {RCU}" +,day="15" +,month="November" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=110054979416004&w=2} +[Viewed December 10, 2004]" +,annotation=" + James Morris posts Kaigai Kohei's patch to LKML. +" } @unpublished{JamesMorris04b @@ -550,6 +1089,85 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.livejournal.com/users/james_morris/2153.html} [Viewed December 10, 2004]" +,annotation=" + RCU helps SELinux performance. ;-) Made LWN. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005RCUSemantics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="{RCU} Semantics: A First Attempt" +,month="January" +,year="2005" +,day="30" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu-semantics.2005.01.30a.pdf} +[Viewed December 6, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Early derivation of RCU semantics. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005e +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="17" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/17/199} +[Viewed September 5, 2005]" +,annotation=" + First posting showing how RCU can be safely adapted for + preemptable RCU read side critical sections. +" +} + +@unpublished{EsbenNeilsen2005a +,Author="Esben Neilsen" +,Title="Re: Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="18" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/18/122} +[Viewed March 30, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Esben Neilsen suggests read-side suppression of grace-period + processing for crude-but-workable realtime RCU. The downside + is indefinite grace periods...But this is OK for experimentation + and testing. +" +} + +@unpublished{TomHart05a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown" +,Title="Efficient Memory Reclamation is Necessary for Fast Lock-Free +Data Structures" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{ftp://ftp.cs.toronto.edu/csrg-technical-reports/515/} +[Viewed March 4, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Comparison of RCU, QBSR, and EBSR. RCU wins for read-mostly + workloads. ;-) +" +} + +@unpublished{JonCorbet2005DeprecateSyncKernel +,Author="Jonathan Corbet" +,Title="API change: synchronize_kernel() deprecated" +,month="May" +,day="3" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/134484/} +[Viewed May 3, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Jon Corbet describes deprecation of synchronize_kernel() + in favor of synchronize_rcu() and synchronize_sched(). +" } @unpublished{PaulMcKenney05a @@ -568,7 +1186,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" @conference{PaulMcKenney05b ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" -,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the Linux Kernel on SMP Hardware" +,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the {Linux} Kernel on {SMP} Hardware" ,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2005" ,month="April" ,year="2005" @@ -578,6 +1196,103 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" [Viewed May 13, 2005]" ,annotation=" Realtime turns into making RCU yet more realtime friendly. + http://lca2005.linux.org.au/Papers/Paul%20McKenney/Towards%20Hard%20Realtime%20Response%20from%20the%20Linux%20Kernel/LKS.2005.04.22a.pdf +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyHomePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{Paul} {E.} {McKenney}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's home page. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page. +" +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005a +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="{RCU}+{SMR} (hazard pointers)" +,month="July" +,year="2005" +,note="Personal communication" +,annotation=" + Joe Seigh announcing his atomic-ptr-plus project. + http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/ +" +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005b +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="Lock-free synchronization primitives" +,month="July" +,day="6" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/} +[Viewed August 8, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Joe Seigh's atomic-ptr-plus project. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005c +,Author="Paul E.McKenney" +,Title="{[RFC,PATCH] RCU} and {CONFIG\_PREEMPT\_RT} sane patch" +,month="August" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/1/155} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005d +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [Fwd: Re: [patch] Real-Time Preemption, -RT-2.6.13-rc4-V0.7.52-01]" +,month="August" +,day="8" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/8/108} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML, + but fixed so that various unusual combinations of configuration + parameters all function properly. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005rcutorture +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} torture testing" +,month="October" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/10/1/70} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First rcutorture patch. " } @@ -591,22 +1306,39 @@ Distributed Processing Symposium" ,year="2006" ,day="25-29" ,address="Rhodes, Greece" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/hart_ipdps06.pdf} +[Viewed April 28, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/perflab/ipdps06.tgz +" +} + +@unpublished{NickPiggin2006radixtree +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="[patch 3/3] radix-tree: {RCU} lockless readside" +,month="June" +,day="20" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/6/20/238} +[Viewed March 25, 2008]" ,annotation=" - Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free - reference counting. + RCU-protected radix tree. " } @Conference{PaulEMcKenney2006b ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Ingo Molnar and Suparna Bhattacharya" -,Title="Extending RCU for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" +,Title="Extending {RCU} for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" ,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" ,Month="July" ,Year="2006" ,pages="v2 123-138" ,note="Available: -\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/index_2006.php} +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf} [Viewed January 1, 2007]" ,annotation=" @@ -614,6 +1346,37 @@ Suparna Bhattacharya" " } +@unpublished{WikipediaRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Chris Purcell and Algae and Ben Schumin and +Gaius Cornelius and Qwertyus and Neil Conway and Sbw and Blainster and +Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" +,Title="Read-Copy Update" +,month="July" +,day="8" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update} +[Viewed August 21, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. +" +} + +@Conference{NickPiggin2006LocklessPageCache +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="A Lockless Pagecache in Linux---Introduction, Progress, Performance" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="July" +,Year="2006" +,pages="v2 249-254" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} +[Viewed January 11, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Uses RCU-protected radix tree for a lockless page cache. +" +} + @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2006c ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Sleepable {RCU}" @@ -637,29 +1400,301 @@ Revised: ,day="18" ,year="2006" ,note="Available: -\url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/public/papers/trash/trash.pdf} -[Viewed February 24, 2007]" +\url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/publications/TRASH/trash.pdf} +[Viewed March 4, 2011]" ,annotation=" RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. " } -@unpublished{ThomasEHart2007a -,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" -,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" -,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." +@unpublished{ChristophHellwig2006RCU2SRCU +,Author="Christoph Hellwig" +,Title="Re: {[-mm PATCH 1/4]} {RCU}: split classic rcu" +,month="September" +,day="28" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/9/28/160} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusagePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} {Linux} Usage" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing graphs plotting Linux-kernel + usage of RCU. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusageRawDataPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)} Usage in {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing Linux usage of RCU in tabular + form, with links to corresponding cscope databases. +" +} + +@unpublished{GauthamShenoy2006RCUrwlock +,Author="Gautham R. Shenoy" +,Title="[PATCH 4/5] lock\_cpu\_hotplug: Redesign - Lightweight implementation of lock\_cpu\_hotplug" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,day=26 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/10/26/73} +[Viewed January 26, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU-based reader-writer lock that allows readers to proceed with + no memory barriers or atomic instruction in absence of writers. + If writer do show up, readers must of course wait as required by + the semantics of reader-writer locking. This is a recursive + lock. +" +} + +@unpublished{JensAxboe2006SlowSRCU +,Author="Jens Axboe" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark \url{cpufreq_tsc()} as +\url{core_initcall_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=17 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/56} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + SRCU's grace periods are too slow for Jens, even after a + factor-of-three speedup. + Sped-up version of SRCU at http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/359. +" +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006QRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark {\tt cpufreq\_tsc()} as +{\tt core\_initcall\_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=19 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/19/69} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + First cut of QRCU. Expanded/corrected versions followed. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007QRCU, now time-corrected. +" +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006aQRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [RFC, PATCH 1/2] qrcu: {"quick"} srcu implementation" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=30 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/29/330} +[Viewed November 26, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Expanded/corrected version of QRCU. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007aQRCU, now time-corrected. +" +} + +@unpublished{EvgeniyPolyakov2006RCUslowdown +,Author="Evgeniy Polyakov" +,Title="Badness in postponing work" +,month="December" +,year="2006" +,day=05 +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.ioremap.net/node/41} +[Viewed October 28, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Using RCU as a pure delay leads to a 2.5x slowdown in skbs in + the Linux kernel. +" +} + +@inproceedings{ChrisMatthews2006ClusteredObjectsRCU +,author = {Matthews, Chris and Coady, Yvonne and Appavoo, Jonathan} +,title = {Portability events: a programming model for scalable system infrastructures} +,booktitle = {PLOS '06: Proceedings of the 3rd workshop on Programming languages and operating systems} +,year = {2006} +,isbn = {1-59593-577-0} +,pages = {11} +,location = {San Jose, California} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1215995.1216006} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses K42's RCU-like functionality to manage clustered-object + lifetimes. +}} + +@article{DilmaDaSilva2006K42 +,author = {Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Waterland, Amos and Tam, David and Baumann, Andrew} +,title = {K42: an infrastructure for operating system research} +,journal = {SIGOPS Oper. Syst. Rev.} +,volume = {40} +,number = {2} +,year = {2006} +,issn = {0163-5980} +,pages = {34--42} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1131322.1131333} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Describes relationship of K42 generations to RCU. +}} + +# CoreyMinyard2007list_splice_rcu +@unpublished{CoreyMinyard2007list:splice:rcu +,Author="Corey Minyard and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add an {RCU} version of list splicing" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=3 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/3/112} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Patch for list_splice_rcu(). +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007rcubarrier +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} and Unloadable Modules" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/} +[Viewed November 22, 2007]" +,annotation=" + LWN article introducing the rcu_barrier() primitive. +" +} + +@unpublished{PeterZijlstra2007SyncBarrier +,Author="Peter Zijlstra and Ingo Molnar" +,Title="{[PATCH 3/7]} barrier: a scalable synchonisation barrier" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=28 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/28/34} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + RCU-like implementation for frequent updaters and rare readers(!). + Subsumed into QRCU. Maybe... +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007BoostRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Priority-Boosting {RCU} Read-Side Critical Sections" +,month="February" +,day="5" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/220677/} +Revised: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUbooststate.2007.04.16a.pdf} +[Viewed September 7, 2007]" +,annotation=" + LWN article introducing RCU priority boosting. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2007QRCUpatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {QRCU} with lockless fastpath" +,month="February" +,year="2007" +,day=24 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Patch for QRCU supplying lock-free fast path. +" +} + +@article{JonathanAppavoo2007K42RCU +,author = {Appavoo, Jonathan and Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Auslander, Marc and Ostrowski, Michal and Rosenburg, Bryan and Waterland, Amos and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Xenidis, Jimi and Stumm, Michael and Soares, Livio} +,title = {Experience distributing objects in an SMMP OS} +,journal = {ACM Trans. Comput. Syst.} +,volume = {25} +,number = {3} +,year = {2007} +,issn = {0734-2071} +,pages = {6/1--6/52} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1275517.1275518} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Role of RCU in K42. +}} + +@conference{RobertOlsson2007Trash +,Author="Robert Olsson and Stefan Nilsson" +,Title="{TRASH}: A dynamic {LC}-trie and hash data structure" +,booktitle="Workshop on High Performance Switching and Routing (HPSR'07)" +,month="May" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=4281239} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation=" + RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. +" +} + +@conference{PeterZijlstra2007ConcurrentPagecacheRCU +,Author="Peter Zijlstra" +,Title="Concurrent Pagecache" +,Booktitle="Linux Symposium" +,month="June" ,year="2007" -,note="To appear in J. Parallel Distrib. Comput. - \url{doi=10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010}" +,address="Ottawa, Canada" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ols.108.redhat.com/2007/Reprints/zijlstra-Reprint.pdf} +[Viewed April 14, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Page-cache modifications permitting RCU readers and concurrent + updates. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007whatisRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="What is {RCU}?" +,year="2007" +,month="07" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/whatisRCU.html} +[Viewed July 6, 2007]" ,annotation={ - Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free - reference counting. Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. + Describes RCU in Linux kernel. } } @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" -,Title="Using Promela and Spin to verify parallel algorithms" +,Title="Using {Promela} and {Spin} to verify parallel algorithms" ,month="August" ,day="1" ,year="2007" @@ -669,6 +1704,50 @@ Revised: ,annotation=" LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). + Merged patch at: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18 +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOatomics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Hans-J. Boehm and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Atomics and Memory Model" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2007" +,note="Preprint: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2664.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU for C++, parts 1 and 2. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOannotation +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Function Annotation" +,month="September" +,day="18" +,year="2008" +,note="Preprint: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2782.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU for C++, part 2, updated many times. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCUPatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[PATCH RFC 0/9] {RCU}: Preemptible {RCU}" +,month="September" +,day="10" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/9/10/213} +[Viewed October 25, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Final patch for preemptable RCU to -rt. (Later patches were + to mainline, eventually incorporated.) " } @@ -686,10 +1765,46 @@ Revised: " } +@article{ThomasEHart2007a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" +,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." +,volume={67} +,number="12" +,year="2007" +,issn="0743-7315" +,pages="1270--1285" +,doi="http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010" +,publisher="Academic Press, Inc." +,address="Orlando, FL, USA" +,annotation={ + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2007call:rcu:schedNeeded +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Re: [patch 1/2] {Linux} Kernel Markers - Support Multiple Probes" +,month="December" +,day="20" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/244} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Request for call_rcu_sched() and rcu_barrier_sched(). +" +} + + ######################################################################## # # "What is RCU?" LWN series. # +# http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ (What is RCU, Fundamentally?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ (What is RCU's Usage?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ (What is RCU's API?) @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" @@ -723,7 +1838,7 @@ Revised: 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees - 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish + 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish " } @@ -747,20 +1862,96 @@ Revised: # ######################################################################## + +@unpublished{SteveRostedt2008dyntickRCUpatch +,Author="Steven Rostedt and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add support for dynamic ticks and preempt rcu" +,month="January" +,day="29" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/29/208} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Patch that prevents preemptible RCU from unnecessarily waking + up dynticks-idle CPUs. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008LKMLDependencyOrdering +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH 02/22 -v7] Add basic support for gcc profiler instrumentation" +,month="February" +,day="1" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/2/2/255} +[Viewed October 18, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Explanation of compilers violating dependency ordering. +" +} + +@Conference{PaulEMcKenney2008Beijing +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Introducing Technology Into {Linux} Or: +Introducing your technology Into {Linux} will require introducing a +lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" +,Booktitle="2008 Linux Developer Symposium - China" +,Publisher="OSS China" +,Month="February" +,Year="2008" +,Address="Beijing, China" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/TechIntroLinux.2008.02.19a.pdf} +[Viewed August 12, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008dynticksRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Steven Rostedt" +,Title="Integrating and Validating dynticks and Preemptable RCU" +,month="April" +,day="24" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/279077/} +[Viewed April 24, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Describes use of Promela and Spin to validate (and fix!) the + dynticks/RCU interface. +" +} + @article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ ,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" ,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" ,Year="2008" -,Month="April" +,Month="April-June" ,journal="IBM Systems Journal" ,volume="47" ,number="2" -,pages="@@-@@" +,pages="221-236" ,annotation=" RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. " } +@unpublished{LaiJiangshan2008NewClassicAlgorithm +,Author="Lai Jiangshan" +,Title="[{RFC}][{PATCH}] rcu classic: new algorithm for callbacks-processing" +,month="June" +,day="3" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/6/2/539} +[Viewed December 10, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Updated RCU classic algorithm. Introduced multi-tailed list + for RCU callbacks and also pulling common code into + __call_rcu(). +" +} + @article{PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR ,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" ,title="Introducing technology into the {Linux} kernel: a case study" @@ -778,6 +1969,52 @@ Revised: } } +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008StateMachineRCU +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[{RFC}, {PATCH}] state machine based rcu" +,month="August" +,day="21" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/8/21/336} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation=" + State-based RCU. One key thing that this patch does is to + separate the dynticks handling of NMIs and IRQs. +" +} + +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008dyntickIRQNMI +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: [{RFC}, {PATCH}] v4 scalable classic {RCU} implementation" +,month="September" +,day="6" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/9/6/86} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Manfred notes a fix required to my attempt to separate irq + and NMI processing for hierarchical RCU's dynticks interface. +" +} + +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2008cyclicRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2008" +,number="US Patent 7,426,511" +,month="September" +,pages="23" +,annotation=" + Maintains an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. Only permits one update at a time. +" +} + @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Hierarchical {RCU}" @@ -793,6 +2030,21 @@ Revised: " } +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatwatchRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH fyi] RCU: the bloatwatch edition" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/14/449} +[Viewed January 15, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Small-footprint implementation of RCU for uniprocessor + embedded applications -- and also for exposition purposes. +" +} + @conference{PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Using a Malicious User-Level {RCU} to Torture {RCU}-Based Algorithms" @@ -816,15 +2068,17 @@ Revised: ,year="2009" ,note="Available: \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572} -\url{git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git} +\url{http://lttng.org/urcu} [Viewed February 20, 2009]" ,annotation=" Mathieu Desnoyers's user-space RCU implementation. git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/urcu " } -@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009LWNBloatWatchRCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="{RCU}: The {Bloatwatch} Edition" ,month="March" @@ -852,14 +2106,29 @@ Revised: " } -@unpublished{JoshTriplett2009RPHash +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009fastRTRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[{PATCH} {RFC} -tip 0/4] {RCU} cleanups and simplified preemptable {RCU}" +,month="July" +,day="23" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/23/294} +[Viewed August 15, 2009]" +,annotation=" + First posting of simple and fast preemptable RCU. +" +} + +@InProceedings{JoshTriplett2009RPHash ,Author="Josh Triplett" ,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming" ,month="September" ,year="2009" -,note="Linux Plumbers Conference presentation" +,booktitle="Linux Plumbers Conference 2009" ,annotation=" RP fun with hash tables. + See also JoshTriplett2010RPHash " } @@ -872,4 +2141,323 @@ Revised: ,note="Available: \url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf} [Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Chapter 6 (page 97) covers user-level RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{RelativisticProgrammingWiki +,Author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Relativistic Programming" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://wiki.cs.pdx.edu/rp/} +[Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Main Relativistic Programming Wiki. +" +} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2009DeterministicRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Deterministic Synchronization in Multicore Systems: the Role of {RCU}" +,Booktitle="Eleventh Real Time Linux Workshop" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,address="Dresden, Germany" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/realtime/paper/DetSyncRCU.2009.08.18a.pdf} +[Viewed January 14, 2009]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009HuntingHeisenbugs +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Hunting Heisenbugs" +,month="November" +,year="2009" +,day="1" +,note="Available: +\url{http://paulmck.livejournal.com/14639.html} +[Viewed June 4, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Day-one bug in Tree RCU that took forever to track down. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009defer:rcu +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Kernel RCU: shrink the size of the struct rcu\_head" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/10/18/129} +[Viewed December 29, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Mathieu proposed defer_rcu() with fixed-size per-thread pool + of RCU callbacks. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009VerifPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Michel R. Dagenais" +,Title="Multi-Core Systems Modeling for Formal Verification of Parallel Algorithms" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Submitted to IEEE TPDS" +,annotation=" + OOMem model for Mathieu's user-level RCU mechanical proof of + correctness. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009URCUPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,month="December" +,year="2010" +,url=\url{http://www.computer.org/csdl/trans/td/2012/02/ttd2012020375-abs.html} +,annotation=" + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + Superseded by MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU. +" +} + +@inproceedings{HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU +,author = {Kannan, Hari} +,title = {Ordering decoupled metadata accesses in multiprocessors} +,booktitle = {MICRO 42: Proceedings of the 42nd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture} +,year = {2009} +,isbn = {978-1-60558-798-1} +,pages = {381--390} +,location = {New York, New York} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1669112.1669161} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses RCU to protect metadata used in dynamic analysis. +}} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Simplicity Through Optimization" +,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2010" +,month="January" +,year="2010" +,address="Wellington, New Zealand" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/SimplicityThruOptimization.2010.01.21f.pdf} +[Viewed October 10, 2010]" +,annotation=" + TREE_PREEMPT_RCU optimizations greatly simplified the old + PREEMPT_RCU implementation. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Lockdep-{RCU}" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,day="1" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lwn.net/Articles/371986/} +[Viewed June 4, 2010]" +,annotation=" + CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, or at least an early version. +" +} + +@unpublished{AviKivity2010KVM2RCU +,Author="Avi Kivity" +,Title="[{PATCH} 37/40] {KVM}: Bump maximum vcpu count to 64" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.mail-archive.com/kvm@vger.kernel.org/msg28640.html} +[Viewed March 20, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Use of RCU permits KVM to increase the size of guest OSes from + 16 CPUs to 64 CPUs. +" +} + +@unpublished{HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash +,Author="Herbert Xu" +,Title="bridge: Add core IGMP snooping support" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://kerneltrap.com/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2010/2/26/6270589} +[Viewed March 20, 2011]" +,annotation={ + Use a pair of list_head structures to support RCU-protected + resizable hash tables. +}} + +@article{JoshTriplett2010RPHash +,author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Scalable Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming" +,journal="ACM Operating Systems Review" +,year=2010 +,volume=44 +,number=3 +,month="July" +,annotation={ + RP fun with hash tables. + http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1842733.1842750 +}} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="The {RCU} {API}, 2010 Edition" +,month="December" +,day="8" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/418853/} +[Viewed December 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Includes updated software-engineering features. +" +} + +@mastersthesis{AndrejPodzimek2010masters +,author="Andrej Podzimek" +,title="Read-Copy-Update for OpenSolaris" +,school="Charles University in Prague" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{https://andrej.podzimek.org/thesis.pdf} +[Viewed January 31, 2011]" +,annotation={ + Reviews RCU implementations and creates a few for OpenSolaris. + Drives quiescent-state detection from RCU read-side primitives, + in a manner roughly similar to that of Jim Houston. +}} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Linux 2.6.38-rc1" +,month="January" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/1/18/322} +[Viewed March 4, 2011]" +,annotation={ + "The RCU-based name lookup is at the other end of the spectrum - the + absolute anti-gimmick. It's some seriously good stuff, and gets rid of + the last main global lock that really tends to hurt some kernel loads. + The dentry lock is no longer a big serializing issue. What's really + nice about it is that it actually improves performance a lot even for + single-threaded loads (on an SMP kernel), because it gets rid of some + of the most expensive parts of path component lookup, which was the + d_lock on every component lookup. So I'm seeing improvements of 30-50% + on some seriously pathname-lookup intensive loads." +}} + +@techreport{JoshTriplett2011RPScalableCorrectOrdering +,author = {Josh Triplett and Philip W. Howard and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {Scalable Correct Memory Ordering via Relativistic Programming} +,year = {2011} +,number = {11-03} +,institution = {Portland State University} +,note = {\url{http://www.cs.pdx.edu/pdfs/tr1103.pdf}} +} + +@inproceedings{PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree +,author = {Philip W. Howard and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {A Relativistic Enhancement to Software Transactional Memory} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd USENIX conference on Hot topics in parallelism} +,series = {HotPar'11} +,year = {2011} +,location = {Berkeley, CA} +,pages = {1--6} +,numpages = {6} +,url = {http://www.usenix.org/event/hotpar11/tech/final_files/Howard.pdf} +,publisher = {USENIX Association} +,address = {Berkeley, CA, USA} +} + +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2011cyclicparallelRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update and Parallel Updates" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2011" +,number="US Patent 7,953,778" +,month="May" +,pages="34" +,annotation=" + Maintains an array of generation numbers to track in-flight + updates and keeps an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. +" +} + +@inproceedings{Triplett:2011:RPHash +,author = {Triplett, Josh and McKenney, Paul E. and Walpole, Jonathan} +,title = {Resizable, Scalable, Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2011 USENIX Annual Technical Conference} +,month = {June} +,year = {2011} +,pages = {145--158} +,numpages = {14} +,url={http://www.usenix.org/event/atc11/tech/final_files/atc11_proceedings.pdf} +,publisher = {The USENIX Association} +,address = {Portland, OR USA} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="3.0 and {RCU:} what went wrong" +,month="July" +,day="27" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453002/} +[Viewed July 27, 2011]" +,annotation=" + Analysis of the RCU trainwreck in Linux kernel 3.0. +" +} + +@unpublished{NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers +,Author="Neil Brown" +,Title="Meet the Lockers" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453685/} +[Viewed September 2, 2011]" +,annotation=" + The Locker family as an analogy for locking, reference counting, + RCU, and seqlock. +" +} + +@article{MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" +,volume={23} +,year="2012" +,issn="1045-9219" +,pages="375-382" +,doi="http://doi.ieeecomputersociety.org/10.1109/TPDS.2011.159" +,publisher="IEEE Computer Society" +,address="Los Alamitos, CA, USA" +,annotation={ + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf +} } diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt index bff2d8be1e18..5c8d74968090 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt @@ -180,6 +180,20 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time workload is running. + In particular, if you find yourself invoking one of the expedited + primitives repeatedly in a loop, please do everyone a favor: + Restructure your code so that it batches the updates, allowing + a single non-expedited primitive to cover the entire batch. + This will very likely be faster than the loop containing the + expedited primitive, and will be much much easier on the rest + of the system, especially to real-time workloads running on + the rest of the system. + + In addition, it is illegal to call the expedited forms from + a CPU-hotplug notifier, or while holding a lock that is acquired + by a CPU-hotplug notifier. Failing to observe this restriction + will result in deadlock. + 7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt index 083d88cbc089..523364e4e1f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt @@ -12,14 +12,38 @@ CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally - ten seconds. + sixty seconds. -RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK + This configuration parameter may be changed at runtime via the + /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_timeout, however + this parameter is checked only at the beginning of a cycle. + So if you are 30 seconds into a 70-second stall, setting this + sysfs parameter to (say) five will shorten the timeout for the + -next- stall, or the following warning for the current stall + (assuming the stall lasts long enough). It will not affect the + timing of the next warning for the current stall. - This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after - issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning - for the same stall. This time period is normally set to three - times the check interval plus thirty seconds. + Stall-warning messages may be enabled and disabled completely via + /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress. + +CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_VERBOSE + + This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to + also dump the stacks of any tasks that are blocking the current + RCU-preempt grace period. + +RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO + + This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to + print out additional per-CPU diagnostic information, including + information on scheduling-clock ticks and RCU's idle-CPU tracking. + +RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA + + Although the lockdep facility is extremely useful, it does add + some overhead. Therefore, under CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, the + RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA macro allows five extra seconds before + giving an RCU CPU stall warning message. RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY @@ -64,6 +88,54 @@ INFO: rcu_bh_state detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: { } (detected by 4, 2502 jiffi This is rare, but does happen from time to time in real life. +If the CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO kernel configuration parameter is set, +more information is printed with the stall-warning message, for example: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (63959 ticks this GP) idle=241/3fffffffffffffff/0 + (t=65000 jiffies) + +In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, even more information is +printed: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 drain=0 . timer=-1 + (t=65000 jiffies) + +The "(64628 ticks this GP)" indicates that this CPU has taken more +than 64,000 scheduling-clock interrupts during the current stalled +grace period. If the CPU was not yet aware of the current grace +period (for example, if it was offline), then this part of the message +indicates how many grace periods behind the CPU is. + +The "idle=" portion of the message prints the dyntick-idle state. +The hex number before the first "/" is the low-order 12 bits of the +dynticks counter, which will have an even-numbered value if the CPU is +in dyntick-idle mode and an odd-numbered value otherwise. The hex +number between the two "/"s is the value of the nesting, which will +be a small positive number if in the idle loop and a very large positive +number (as shown above) otherwise. + +For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "drain=0" indicates that the +CPU is not in the process of trying to force itself into dyntick-idle +state, the "." indicates that the CPU has not given up forcing RCU +into dyntick-idle mode (it would be "H" otherwise), and the "timer=-1" +indicates that the CPU has not recented forced RCU into dyntick-idle +mode (it would otherwise indicate the number of microseconds remaining +in this forced state). + + +Multiple Warnings From One Stall + +If a stall lasts long enough, multiple stall-warning messages will be +printed for it. The second and subsequent messages are printed at +longer intervals, so that the time between (say) the first and second +message will be about three times the interval between the beginning +of the stall and the first message. + + +What Causes RCU CPU Stall Warnings? + So your kernel printed an RCU CPU stall warning. The next question is "What caused it?" The following problems can result in RCU CPU stall warnings: @@ -128,4 +200,5 @@ is occurring, which will usually be in the function nearest the top of that portion of the stack which remains the same from trace to trace. If you can reliably trigger the stall, ftrace can be quite helpful. -RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE. +RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE +and with RCU's event tracing. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt index d67068d0d2b9..375d3fb71437 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt @@ -69,6 +69,13 @@ onoff_interval CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is specified for onoff_interval. +onoff_holdoff The number of seconds to wait until starting CPU-hotplug + operations. This would normally only be used when + rcutorture was built into the kernel and started + automatically at boot time, in which case it is useful + in order to avoid confusing boot-time code with CPUs + coming and going. + shuffle_interval The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. @@ -79,6 +86,24 @@ shutdown_secs The number of seconds to run the test before terminating zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown. This capability is useful for automated testing. +stall_cpu The number of seconds that a CPU should be stalled while + within both an rcu_read_lock() and a preempt_disable(). + This stall happens only once per rcutorture run. + If you need multiple stalls, use modprobe and rmmod to + repeatedly run rcutorture. The default for stall_cpu + is zero, which prevents rcutorture from stalling a CPU. + + Note that attempts to rmmod rcutorture while the stall + is ongoing will hang, so be careful what value you + choose for this module parameter! In addition, too-large + values for stall_cpu might well induce failures and + warnings in other parts of the kernel. You have been + warned! + +stall_cpu_holdoff + The number of seconds to wait after rcutorture starts + before stalling a CPU. Defaults to 10 seconds. + stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. @@ -271,11 +296,13 @@ The following script may be used to torture RCU: #!/bin/sh modprobe rcutorture - sleep 100 + sleep 3600 rmmod rcutorture dmesg | grep torture: The output can be manually inspected for the error flag of "!!!". One could of course create a more elaborate script that automatically -checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS" or -"FAILURE" indication to be printk()ed. +checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", or "RCU_HOTPLUG" indication to be printk()ed. The first +two are self-explanatory, while the last indicates that while there +were no RCU failures, CPU-hotplug problems were detected. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt index 49587abfc2f7..f6f15ce39903 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ rcu/rcuboost: The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows: rcu_sched: - 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ri=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 - 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ri=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 - 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ri=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 - 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 - 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ri=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 - 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ri=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 - 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ri=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 - 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 + 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 + 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 + 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 + 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 + 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 + 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 + 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 + 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 rcu_bh: - 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 - 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 + 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an @@ -119,10 +119,6 @@ o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a CPU is offline when it is really alive and kicking) is a fatal error, so it makes sense to err conservatively. -o "ri" is the number of times that RCU has seen fit to send a - reschedule IPI to this CPU in order to get it to report a - quiescent state. - o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on this CPU. This is the total number of callbacks, regardless of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt index 5cc699ba5453..e7cc36397217 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt @@ -47,20 +47,53 @@ directory apei/einj. The following files are provided. - param1 This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Effect of - parameter depends on error_type specified. For memory error, this is - physical memory address. Only available if param_extension module - parameter is specified. + parameter depends on error_type specified. - param2 This file is used to set the second error parameter value. Effect of - parameter depends on error_type specified. For memory error, this is - physical memory address mask. Only available if param_extension - module parameter is specified. + parameter depends on error_type specified. + +BIOS versions based in the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options +to control where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an +extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or +boot command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address +and mask for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and +param2 files in apei/einj. + +BIOS versions using the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over +the target of the injection. For processor related errors (type 0x1, +0x2 and 0x4) the APICID of the target should be provided using the +param1 file in apei/einj. For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) +the address is set using param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent +to all ones). For PCI express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the +segment, bus, device and function are specified using param1: + + 31 24 23 16 15 11 10 8 7 0 + +-------------------------------------------------+ + | segment | bus | device | function | reserved | + +-------------------------------------------------+ + +An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor specific errors to be injected. +In this case a file named vendor will contain identifying information +from the BIOS that hopefully will allow an application wishing to use +the vendor specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS +that supports it. All vendor extensions have the 0x80000000 bit set in +error_type. A file vendor_flags controls the interpretation of param1 +and param2 (1 = PROCESSOR, 2 = MEMORY, 4 = PCI). See your BIOS vendor +documentation for details (and expect changes to this API if vendors +creativity in using this feature expands beyond our expectations). + +Example: +# cd /sys/kernel/debug/apei/einj +# cat available_error_type # See which errors can be injected +0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal +0x00000008 Memory Correctable +0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal +# echo 0x12345000 > param1 # Set memory address for injection +# echo 0xfffffffffffff000 > param2 # Mask - anywhere in this page +# echo 0x8 > error_type # Choose correctable memory error +# echo 1 > error_inject # Inject now -Injecting parameter support is a BIOS version specific extension, that -is, it only works on some BIOS version. If you want to use it, please -make sure your BIOS version has the proper support and specify -"param_extension=y" in module parameter. For more information about EINJ, please refer to ACPI specification -version 4.0, section 17.5. +version 4.0, section 17.5 and ACPI 5.0, section 18.6. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt index a17df9f91d16..5673594717cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to -useage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words +usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to use new instructions for other purpose. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt index 84f0a15fc210..b4b1fb3a83f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ Throttling/Upper Limit policy Hierarchical Cgroups ==================== -- Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarhical groups. But - cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarhical cgroups and internally +- Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarchical groups. But + cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarchical cgroups and internally IO policies treat them as flat hierarchy. - So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarhcy but at the backend + So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarchcy but at the backend everything will be treated as flat. So if somebody created a hierarchy like as follows. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Proportional weight policy files - blkio.idle_time - Debugging aid only enabled if CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP=y. This is the amount of time spent by the IO scheduler idling for a - given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the exising ones + given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the existing ones from other queues/cgroups. This is in nanoseconds. If this is read when the cgroup is in an idling state, the stat will only report the idle_time accumulated till the last idle period and will not include @@ -283,34 +283,34 @@ Throttling/Upper limit policy files ----------------------------------- - blkio.throttle.read_bps_device - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is - specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_bps_device - blkio.throttle.write_bps_device - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is - specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_bps_device - blkio.throttle.read_iops_device - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is - specified in IO per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in IO per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_iops_device - blkio.throttle.write_iops_device - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is - specified in io per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in io per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_iops_device Note: If both BW and IOPS rules are specified for a device, then IO is - subjectd to both the constraints. + subjected to both the constraints. - blkio.throttle.io_serviced - Number of IOs (bio) completed to/from the disk by the group (as diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt index a7c96ae5557c..8e74980ab385 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt @@ -558,8 +558,7 @@ Each subsystem may export the following methods. The only mandatory methods are create/destroy. Any others that are null are presumed to be successful no-ops. -struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, - struct cgroup *cgrp) +struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called to create a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The @@ -574,7 +573,7 @@ identified by the passed cgroup object having a NULL parent (since it's the root of the hierarchy) and may be an appropriate place for initialization code. -void destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +void destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) The cgroup system is about to destroy the passed cgroup; the subsystem @@ -585,7 +584,7 @@ cgroup->parent is still valid. (Note - can also be called for a newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's create() method has been called for the new cgroup). -int pre_destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp); +int pre_destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp); Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if @@ -593,8 +592,7 @@ there are not tasks in the cgroup. If pre_destroy() returns error code, rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be called multiple times against a cgroup. -int can_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +int can_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called prior to moving one or more tasks into a cgroup; if the @@ -615,8 +613,7 @@ fork. If this method returns 0 (success) then this should remain valid while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future. -void cancel_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +void cancel_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called when a task attach operation has failed after can_attach() has succeeded. @@ -625,23 +622,22 @@ function, so that the subsystem can implement a rollback. If not, not necessary. This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have succeeded. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). -void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +void attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). -void fork(struct cgroup_subsy *ss, struct task_struct *task) +void fork(struct task_struct *task) Called when a task is forked into a cgroup. -void exit(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct task_struct *task) +void exit(struct task_struct *task) Called during task exit. -int populate(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +int populate(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate @@ -651,7 +647,7 @@ include/linux/cgroup.h for details). Note that although this method can return an error code, the error code is currently not always handled well. -void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +void post_clone(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter @@ -659,7 +655,7 @@ initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set up. -void bind(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *root) +void bind(struct cgroup *root) (cgroup_mutex and ss->hierarchy_mutex held by caller) Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt index 4d8774f6f48a..4c95c0034a4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Brief summary of control files. memory.failcnt # show the number of memory usage hits limits memory.memsw.failcnt # show the number of memory+Swap hits limits memory.max_usage_in_bytes # show max memory usage recorded - memory.memsw.usage_in_bytes # show max memory+Swap usage recorded + memory.memsw.max_usage_in_bytes # show max memory+Swap usage recorded memory.soft_limit_in_bytes # set/show soft limit of memory usage memory.stat # show various statistics memory.use_hierarchy # set/show hierarchical account enabled @@ -410,8 +410,11 @@ memory.stat file includes following statistics cache - # of bytes of page cache memory. rss - # of bytes of anonymous and swap cache memory. mapped_file - # of bytes of mapped file (includes tmpfs/shmem) -pgpgin - # of pages paged in (equivalent to # of charging events). -pgpgout - # of pages paged out (equivalent to # of uncharging events). +pgpgin - # of charging events to the memory cgroup. The charging + event happens each time a page is accounted as either mapped + anon page(RSS) or cache page(Page Cache) to the cgroup. +pgpgout - # of uncharging events to the memory cgroup. The uncharging + event happens each time a page is unaccounted from the cgroup. swap - # of bytes of swap usage inactive_anon - # of bytes of anonymous memory and swap cache memory on LRU list. diff --git a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt index 96b690348ba1..cf44eb6499b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/coccinelle.txt +++ b/Documentation/coccinelle.txt @@ -102,9 +102,15 @@ or make coccicheck COCCI=<my_SP.cocci> MODE=report - Using Coccinelle on (modified) files -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + Controlling Which Files are Processed by Coccinelle +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +By default the entire kernel source tree is checked. + +To apply Coccinelle to a specific directory, M= can be used. +For example, to check drivers/net/wireless/ one may write: + make coccicheck M=drivers/net/wireless/ + To apply Coccinelle on a file basis, instead of a directory basis, the following command may be used: diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt index 2a8c11331d2d..946c73342cde 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters: raid6_nc RAID6 N continue - rotating parity N (right-to-left) with data continuation - Refererence: Chapter 4 of + Reference: Chapter 4 of http://www.snia.org/sites/default/files/SNIA_DDF_Technical_Position_v2.0.pdf <#raid_params>: The number of parameters that follow. diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt index 0e5df9b04ad2..a333bcb3a6c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Introduction The more-sophisticated device-mapper targets require complex metadata that is managed in kernel. In late 2010 we were seeing that various -different targets were rolling their own data strutures, for example: +different targets were rolling their own data structures, for example: - Mikulas Patocka's multisnap implementation - Heinz Mauelshagen's thin provisioning target diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 801d9d1cf82b..1ff044d87ca4 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Introduction ============ -This document descibes a collection of device-mapper targets that +This document describes a collection of device-mapper targets that between them implement thin-provisioning and snapshots. The main highlight of this implementation, compared to the previous diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt index cec8864ce4e8..00383186d8fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devices.txt @@ -447,6 +447,9 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 234 = /dev/btrfs-control Btrfs control device 235 = /dev/autofs Autofs control device 236 = /dev/mapper/control Device-Mapper control device + 237 = /dev/loop-control Loopback control device + 238 = /dev/vhost-net Host kernel accelerator for virtio net + 240-254 Reserved for local use 255 Reserved for MISC_DYNAMIC_MINOR diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6528e215c5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Samsung Exynos Power Domains + +Exynos processors include support for multiple power domains which are used +to gate power to one or more peripherals on the processor. + +Required Properties: +- compatiable: should be one of the following. + * samsung,exynos4210-pd - for exynos4210 type power domain. +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +Optional Properties: +- samsung,exynos4210-pd-off: Specifies that the power domain is in turned-off + state during boot and remains to be turned-off until explicitly turned-on. + +Example: + + lcd0: power-domain-lcd0 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pd"; + reg = <0x10023C00 0x10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index dbdab40ed3a6..e78e8bccac30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ IPs present in the SoC. On top of that an omap_device is created to extend the platform_device capabilities and to allow binding with one or several hwmods. The hwmods will contain all the information to build the device: -adresse range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, +address range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, clock domain, input clocks. For the moment just point to the existing hwmod, the next step will be to move data from hwmod to device-tree representation. @@ -41,3 +41,9 @@ Boards: - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430" + +- OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x + compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3" + +- AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x + compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt index 6b07f65b32de..1881e1c6dda5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -prima2 "cb" evalutation board +prima2 "cb" evaluation board Required root node properties: - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c046ee6e8b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +* Atmel Direct Memory Access Controller (DMA) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-dma" +- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain DMA interrupt + +Examples: + +dma@ffffec00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-dma"; + reg = <0xffffec00 0x200>; + interrupts = <21>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt index 141087cf3107..fd2bd56e7195 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the gpio-leds device. Each node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED. LED sub-node properties: -- gpios : Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "Specifying GPIO information - for devices" in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt. Active - low LEDs should be indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier. +- gpios : Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "gpios property" in + Documentation/devicetree/gpio.txt. Active low LEDs should be + indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier. - label : (optional) The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). - linux,default-trigger : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/omap-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/omap-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..56564aa4b444 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/omap-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +I2C for OMAP platforms + +Required properties : +- compatible : Must be "ti,omap3-i2c" or "ti,omap4-i2c" +- ti,hwmods : Must be "i2c<n>", n being the instance number (1-based) +- #address-cells = <1>; +- #size-cells = <0>; + +Recommended properties : +- clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. Otherwise + the default 100 kHz frequency will be used. + +Optional properties: +- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding + +Note: Current implementation will fetch base address, irq and dma +from omap hwmod data base during device registration. +Future plan is to migrate hwmod data base contents into device tree +blob so that, all the required data will be used from device tree dts +file. + +Examples : + +i2c1: i2c@0 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-i2c"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + ti,hwmods = "i2c1"; + clock-frequency = <400000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..19f6af47a792 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +* Freescale MC13783/MC13892 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,mc13783" or "fsl,mc13892" + +Optional properties: +- fsl,mc13xxx-uses-adc : Indicate the ADC is being used +- fsl,mc13xxx-uses-codec : Indicate the Audio Codec is being used +- fsl,mc13xxx-uses-rtc : Indicate the RTC is being used +- fsl,mc13xxx-uses-touch : Indicate the touchscreen controller is being used + +Sub-nodes: +- regulators : Contain the regulator nodes. The MC13892 regulators are + bound using their names as listed below with their registers and bits + for enabling. + + vcoincell : regulator VCOINCELL (register 13, bit 23) + sw1 : regulator SW1 (register 24, bit 0) + sw2 : regulator SW2 (register 25, bit 0) + sw3 : regulator SW3 (register 26, bit 0) + sw4 : regulator SW4 (register 27, bit 0) + swbst : regulator SWBST (register 29, bit 20) + vgen1 : regulator VGEN1 (register 32, bit 0) + viohi : regulator VIOHI (register 32, bit 3) + vdig : regulator VDIG (register 32, bit 9) + vgen2 : regulator VGEN2 (register 32, bit 12) + vpll : regulator VPLL (register 32, bit 15) + vusb2 : regulator VUSB2 (register 32, bit 18) + vgen3 : regulator VGEN3 (register 33, bit 0) + vcam : regulator VCAM (register 33, bit 6) + vvideo : regulator VVIDEO (register 33, bit 12) + vaudio : regulator VAUDIO (register 33, bit 15) + vsd : regulator VSD (register 33, bit 18) + gpo1 : regulator GPO1 (register 34, bit 6) + gpo2 : regulator GPO2 (register 34, bit 8) + gpo3 : regulator GPO3 (register 34, bit 10) + gpo4 : regulator GPO4 (register 34, bit 12) + pwgt1spi : regulator PWGT1SPI (register 34, bit 15) + pwgt2spi : regulator PWGT2SPI (register 34, bit 16) + vusb : regulator VUSB (register 50, bit 3) + + The bindings details of individual regulator device can be found in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Examples: + +ecspi@70010000 { /* ECSPI1 */ + fsl,spi-num-chipselects = <2>; + cs-gpios = <&gpio3 24 0>, /* GPIO4_24 */ + <&gpio3 25 0>; /* GPIO4_25 */ + status = "okay"; + + pmic: mc13892@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fsl,mc13892"; + spi-max-frequency = <6000000>; + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <8>; + + regulators { + sw1_reg: mc13892__sw1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1375000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + sw2_reg: mc13892__sw2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1850000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a66fcf946759 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Texas Instruments TWL family + +The TWLs are Integrated Power Management Chips. +Some version might contain much more analog function like +USB transceiver or Audio amplifier. +These chips are connected to an i2c bus. + + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "ti,twl4030"; + For Integrated power-management/audio CODEC device used in OMAP3 + based boards +- compatible : Must be "ti,twl6030"; + For Integrated power-management used in OMAP4 based boards +- interrupts : This i2c device has an IRQ line connected to the main SoC +- interrupt-controller : Since the twl support several interrupts internally, + it is considered as an interrupt controller cascaded to the SoC one. +- #interrupt-cells = <1>; +- interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller. + +Optional node: +- Child nodes contain in the twl. The twl family is made of several variants + that support a different number of features. + The children nodes will thus depend of the capability of the variant. + + +Example: +/* + * Integrated Power Management Chip + * http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/twl6030.pdf + */ +twl@48 { + compatible = "ti,twl6030"; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupts = <39>; /* IRQ_SYS_1N cascaded to gic */ + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + twl_rtc { + compatible = "ti,twl_rtc"; + interrupts = <11>; + reg = <0>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f62623f8c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* STMicroelectronics 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver (GMAC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,spear600-gmac" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the STMMAC interrupts +- interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq" + "eth_wake_irq" if this interrupt is supported in the "interrupts" + property +- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. + Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii". + +Optional properties: +- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address + +Examples: + + gmac0: ethernet@e0800000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-gmac"; + reg = <0xe0800000 0x8000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <24 23>; + interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq"; + mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ + phy-mode = "gmii"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/olpc_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/olpc_battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c8901b3992d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/olpc_battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +OLPC battery +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Required properties: + - compatible : "olpc,xo1-battery" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c40e8926facf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +SBS sbs-battery +~~~~~~~~~~ + +Required properties : + - compatible : "sbs,sbs-battery" + +Optional properties : + - sbs,i2c-retry-count : The number of times to retry i2c transactions on i2c + IO failure. + - sbs,poll-retry-count : The number of times to try looking for new status + after an external change notification. + - sbs,battery-detect-gpios : The gpio which signals battery detection and + a flag specifying its polarity. + +Example: + + bq20z75@b { + compatible = "sbs,sbs-battery"; + reg = < 0xb >; + sbs,i2c-retry-count = <2>; + sbs,poll-retry-count = <10>; + sbs,battery-detect-gpios = <&gpio-controller 122 1>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0c3395d55ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +TWL family of regulators + +Required properties: +For twl6030 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl6030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vmmc" for VMMC LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vpp" for VPP LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vusim" for VUSIM LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vana" for VANA LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vcxio" for VCXIO LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vdac" for VDAC LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vusb" for VUSB LDO + - "ti,twl6030-v1v8" for V1V8 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-v2v1" for V2V1 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-clk32kg" for CLK32KG RESOURCE + - "ti,twl6030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS + - "ti,twl6030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS + - "ti,twl6030-vdd3" for VDD3 SMPS +For twl6025 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl6025-ldo1" for LDO1 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo2" for LDO2 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo3" for LDO3 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo4" for LDO4 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo5" for LDO5 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo6" for LDO6 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo7" for LDO7 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldoln" for LDOLN LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldousb" for LDOUSB LDO + - "ti,twl6025-smps3" for SMPS3 SMPS + - "ti,twl6025-smps4" for SMPS4 SMPS + - "ti,twl6025-vio" for VIO SMPS +For twl4030 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl4030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl5030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux4" for VAUX4 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vmmc1" for VMMC1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vmmc2" for VMMC2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vpll1" for VPLL1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vpll2" for VPLL2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vsim" for VSIM LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vdac" for VDAC LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vintana2" for VINTANA2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vio" for VIO LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS + - "ti,twl4030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS + - "ti,twl4030-vintana1" for VINTANA1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vintdig" for VINTDIG LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v5" for VUSB1V5 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v8" for VUSB1V8 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb3v1" for VUSB3V1 LDO + +Optional properties: +- Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Example: + + xyz: regulator@0 { + compatible = "ti,twl6030-vaux1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e280fef6f265 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Some properties contain an ordered list of 1 or more datum which are +normally accessed by index. However, some devices will have multiple +values which are more naturally accessed by name. Device nodes can +include a supplemental property for assigning names to each of the list +items. The names property consists of a list of strings in the same +order as the data in the resource property. + +The following supplemental names properties are defined. + +Resource Property Supplemental Names Property +----------------- --------------------------- +reg reg-names +clocks clock-names +interrupts interrupt-names + +Usage: + +The -names property must be used in conjunction with the normal resource +property. If not it will be ignored. + +Examples: + +l4-abe { + compatible = "simple-bus"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0 0x48000000 0x00001000>, /* MPU path */ + <1 0 0x49000000 0x00001000>; /* L3 path */ + mcasp { + compatible = "ti,mcasp"; + reg = <0 0x10 0x10>, <0 0x20 0x10>, + <1 0x10 0x10>, <1 0x20 0x10>; + reg-names = "mpu", "dat", + "dma", "dma_dat"; + interrupts = <11>, <12>; + interrupt-names = "rx", "tx"; + }; + + timer { + compatible = "ti,timer"; + reg = <0 0x40 0x10>, <1 0x40 0x10>; + reg-names = "mpu", "dma"; + }; +}; + + +usb { + compatible = "ti,usb-host"; + reg = <0x4a064000 0x800>, <0x4a064800 0x200>, + <0x4a064c00 0x200>; + reg-names = "config", "ohci", "ehci"; + interrupts = <14>, <15>; + interrupt-names = "ohci", "ehci"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8903.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8903.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5b0da8bf1d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8903.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra audio complex + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903" +- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. +- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. + Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, + the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and + sinks are the WM8903's pins, and the jacks on the board: + + WM8903 pins: + + * IN1L + * IN1R + * IN2L + * IN2R + * IN3L + * IN3R + * DMICDAT + * HPOUTL + * HPOUTR + * LINEOUTL + * LINEOUTR + * LOP + * LON + * ROP + * RON + * MICBIAS + + Board connectors: + + * Headphone Jack + * Int Spk + * Mic Jack + +- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S1 controller +- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the WM8903 audio codec + +Optional properties: +- nvidia,spkr-en-gpios : The GPIO that enables the speakers +- nvidia,hp-mute-gpios : The GPIO that mutes the headphones +- nvidia,hp-det-gpios : The GPIO that detect headphones are plugged in +- nvidia,int-mic-en-gpios : The GPIO that enables the internal microphone +- nvidia,ext-mic-en-gpios : The GPIO that enables the external microphone + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903-harmony", + "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903" + nvidia,model = "tegra-wm8903-harmony"; + + nvidia,audio-routing = + "Headphone Jack", "HPOUTR", + "Headphone Jack", "HPOUTL", + "Int Spk", "ROP", + "Int Spk", "RON", + "Int Spk", "LOP", + "Int Spk", "LON", + "Mic Jack", "MICBIAS", + "IN1L", "Mic Jack"; + + nvidia,i2s-controller = <&i2s1>; + nvidia,audio-codec = <&wm8903>; + + nvidia,spkr-en-gpios = <&codec 2 0>; + nvidia,hp-det-gpios = <&gpio 178 0>; /* gpio PW2 */ + nvidia,int-mic-en-gpios = <&gpio 184 0>; /*gpio PX0 */ + nvidia,ext-mic-en-gpios = <&gpio 185 0>; /* gpio PX1 */ +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-das.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-das.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6de3a7ee4efb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-das.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra 20 DAS (Digital Audio Switch) controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-das" +- reg : Should contain DAS registers location and length + +Example: + +das@70000c00 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-das"; + reg = <0x70000c00 0x80>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0df2b5c816e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra20-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra 20 I2S controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-i2s" +- reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length +- interrupts : Should contain I2S interrupt +- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and + request selector for this I2S controller + +Example: + +i2s@70002800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-i2s"; + reg = <0x70002800 0x200>; + interrupts = < 45 >; + nvidia,dma-request-selector = < &apbdma 2 >; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8903.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8903.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f102cbc42694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8903.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +WM8903 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "wlf,wm8903" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device. + + - gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller. + + - #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused). + +Optional properties: + + - interrupts : The interrupt line the codec is connected to. + + - micdet-cfg : Default register value for R6 (Mic Bias). If absent, the + default is 0. + + - micdet-delay : The debounce delay for microphone detection in mS. If + absent, the default is 100. + + - gpio-cfg : A list of GPIO configuration register values. The list must + be 5 entries long. If absent, no configuration of these registers is + performed. If any entry has the value 0xffffffff, that GPIO's + configuration will not be modified. + +Example: + +codec: wm8903@1a { + compatible = "wlf,wm8903"; + reg = <0x1a>; + interrupts = < 347 >; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + micdet-cfg = <0>; + micdet-delay = <100>; + gpio-cfg = < + 0x0600 /* DMIC_LR, output */ + 0x0680 /* DMIC_DAT, input */ + 0x0000 /* GPIO, output, low */ + 0x0200 /* Interrupt, output */ + 0x01a0 /* BCLK, input, active high */ + >; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8994.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8994.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7a7eb1e7bda6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8994.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +WM1811/WM8994/WM8958 audio CODEC + +These devices support both I2C and SPI (configured with pin strapping +on the board). + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "wlf,wm1811", "wlf,wm8994", "wlf,wm8958" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select + number for SPI. + +Example: + +codec: wm8994@1a { + compatible = "wlf,wm8994"; + reg = <0x1a>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81df374adbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +OMAP2+ McSPI device + +Required properties: +- compatible : + - "ti,omap2-spi" for OMAP2 & OMAP3. + - "ti,omap4-spi" for OMAP4+. +- ti,spi-num-cs : Number of chipselect supported by the instance. +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McSPI + + +Example: + +mcspi1: mcspi@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap4-mcspi"; + ti,hwmods = "mcspi1"; + ti,spi-num-cs = <4>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6588b6950a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +* Energymicro efm32 UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "efm32,uart" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt + +Example: + +uart@0x4000c400 { + compatible = "efm32,uart"; + reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; + interrupts = <15>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 18626965159e..a20008ab319a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -30,10 +30,12 @@ national National Semiconductor nintendo Nintendo nvidia NVIDIA nxp NXP Semiconductors +picochip Picochip Ltd powervr Imagination Technologies qcom Qualcomm, Inc. ramtron Ramtron International samsung Samsung Semiconductor +sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler sil Silicon Image simtek @@ -41,4 +43,5 @@ sirf SiRF Technology, Inc. st STMicroelectronics stericsson ST-Ericsson ti Texas Instruments +wlf Wolfson Microelectronics xlnx Xilinx diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 7c1329de0596..da0bfeb4253d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ it with special cases. b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2, - r1 is not used, but it is considered good practise to use a valid + r1 is not used, but it is considered good practice to use a valid machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting. r0 : 0 diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt index 510eab32f392..225f96d88f55 100644 --- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt +++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt @@ -219,6 +219,10 @@ NOTES: If the exporter chooses not to allow an attach() operation once a map_dma_buf() API has been called, it simply returns an error. +Miscellaneous notes: +- Any exporters or users of the dma-buf buffer sharing framework must have + a 'select DMA_SHARED_BUFFER' in their respective Kconfigs. + References: [1] struct dma_buf_ops in include/linux/dma-buf.h [2] All interfaces mentioned above defined in include/linux/dma-buf.h diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt index 94b7e0f96b38..879b6e31e2da 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: struct dma_slave_config *config) Please see the dma_slave_config structure definition in dmaengine.h - for a detailed explaination of the struct members. Please note + for a detailed explanation of the struct members. Please note that the 'direction' member will be going away as it duplicates the direction given in the prepare call. @@ -75,6 +75,10 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: slave_sg - DMA a list of scatter gather buffers from/to a peripheral dma_cyclic - Perform a cyclic DMA operation from/to a peripheral till the operation is explicitly stopped. + interleaved_dma - This is common to Slave as well as M2M clients. For slave + address of devices' fifo could be already known to the driver. + Various types of operations could be expressed by setting + appropriate values to the 'dma_interleaved_template' members. A non-NULL return of this transfer API represents a "descriptor" for the given transaction. @@ -89,6 +93,10 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: struct dma_chan *chan, dma_addr_t buf_addr, size_t buf_len, size_t period_len, enum dma_data_direction direction); + struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*device_prep_interleaved_dma)( + struct dma_chan *chan, struct dma_interleaved_template *xt, + unsigned long flags); + The peripheral driver is expected to have mapped the scatterlist for the DMA operation prior to calling device_prep_slave_sg, and must keep the scatterlist mapped until the DMA operation has completed. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 10c64c8a13d4..2a596a4fc23e 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -233,6 +233,10 @@ certainly invest a bit more effort into libata core layer). 6. List of managed interfaces ----------------------------- +MEM + devm_kzalloc() + devm_kfree() + IO region devm_request_region() devm_request_mem_region() @@ -267,3 +271,8 @@ IOMAP pcim_iounmap() pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs + +REGULATOR + devm_regulator_get() + devm_regulator_put() + devm_regulator_bulk_get() diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware index e67be7afc78b..d1d4a179a382 100755 --- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware +++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ use IO::Handle; "or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb", "bluebird", "opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718", "af9015", "ngene", "az6027", "lme2510_lg", "lme2510c_s7395", - "lme2510c_s7395_old", "drxk", "drxk_terratec_h5", "tda10071", - "it9135" ); + "lme2510c_s7395_old", "drxk", "drxk_terratec_h5", + "drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "it9137"); # Check args syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1); @@ -644,6 +644,24 @@ sub drxk { "$fwfile" } +sub drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c { + my $url = "http://www.wintvcd.co.uk/drivers/"; + my $zipfile = "HVR-9x0_5_10_325_28153_SIGNED.zip"; + my $hash = "83ab82e7e9480ec8bf1ae0155ca63c88"; + my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1); + my $drvfile = "HVR-900/emOEM.sys"; + my $fwfile = "dvb-usb-hauppauge-hvr930c-drxk.fw"; + + checkstandard(); + + wgetfile($zipfile, $url . $zipfile); + verify($zipfile, $hash); + unzip($zipfile, $tmpdir); + extract("$tmpdir/$drvfile", 0x117b0, 42692, "$fwfile"); + + "$fwfile" +} + sub drxk_terratec_h5 { my $url = "http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/firmware/"; my $hash = "19000dada8e2741162ccc50cc91fa7f1"; @@ -658,6 +676,26 @@ sub drxk_terratec_h5 { } sub it9135 { + my $sourcefile = "dvb-usb-it9135.zip"; + my $url = "http://www.ite.com.tw/uploads/firmware/v3.6.0.0/$sourcefile"; + my $hash = "1e55f6c8833f1d0ae067c2bb2953e6a9"; + my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 0); + my $outfile = "dvb-usb-it9135.fw"; + my $fwfile1 = "dvb-usb-it9135-01.fw"; + my $fwfile2 = "dvb-usb-it9135-02.fw"; + + checkstandard(); + + wgetfile($sourcefile, $url); + unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir); + verify("$tmpdir/$outfile", $hash); + extract("$tmpdir/$outfile", 64, 8128, "$fwfile1"); + extract("$tmpdir/$outfile", 12866, 5817, "$fwfile2"); + + "$fwfile1 $fwfile2" +} + +sub it9137 { my $url = "http://kworld.server261.com/kworld/CD/ITE_TiVme/V1.00/"; my $zipfile = "Driver_V10.323.1.0412.100412.zip"; my $hash = "79b597dc648698ed6820845c0c9d0d37"; diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt index f959909d7154..74e6c7782678 100644 --- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ dynamically enabled per-callsite. Dynamic debug has even more useful features: * Simple query language allows turning on and off debugging statements by - matching any combination of: + matching any combination of 0 or 1 of: - source filename - function name @@ -79,31 +79,24 @@ Command Language Reference ========================== At the lexical level, a command comprises a sequence of words separated -by whitespace characters. Note that newlines are treated as word -separators and do *not* end a command or allow multiple commands to -be done together. So these are all equivalent: +by spaces or tabs. So these are all equivalent: nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control nullarbor:~ # echo -c ' file svcsock.c line 1603 +p ' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c\nline 1603 +p' > - <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -Commands are bounded by a write() system call. If you want to do -multiple commands you need to do a separate "echo" for each, like: +Command submissions are bounded by a write() system call. +Multiple commands can be written together, separated by ';' or '\n'. -nullarbor:~ # echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > /proc/dprintk ;\ -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' > /proc/dprintk + ~# echo "func pnpacpi_get_resources +p; func pnp_assign_mem +p" \ + > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -or even like: +If your query set is big, you can batch them too: -nullarbor:~ # ( -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' ;\ -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' ;\ -> ) > /proc/dprintk + ~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match specifications, followed by a flags change specification. @@ -144,11 +137,12 @@ func func svc_tcp_accept file - The given string is compared against either the full - pathname or the basename of the source file of each - callsite. Examples: + The given string is compared against either the full pathname, the + src-root relative pathname, or the basename of the source file of + each callsite. Examples: file svcsock.c + file kernel/freezer.c file /usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svcsock.c module diff --git a/Documentation/fb/api.txt b/Documentation/fb/api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d4ff7de85700 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/fb/api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ + The Frame Buffer Device API + --------------------------- + +Last revised: June 21, 2011 + + +0. Introduction +--------------- + +This document describes the frame buffer API used by applications to interact +with frame buffer devices. In-kernel APIs between device drivers and the frame +buffer core are not described. + +Due to a lack of documentation in the original frame buffer API, drivers +behaviours differ in subtle (and not so subtle) ways. This document describes +the recommended API implementation, but applications should be prepared to +deal with different behaviours. + + +1. Capabilities +--------------- + +Device and driver capabilities are reported in the fixed screen information +capabilities field. + +struct fb_fix_screeninfo { + ... + __u16 capabilities; /* see FB_CAP_* */ + ... +}; + +Application should use those capabilities to find out what features they can +expect from the device and driver. + +- FB_CAP_FOURCC + +The driver supports the four character code (FOURCC) based format setting API. +When supported, formats are configured using a FOURCC instead of manually +specifying color components layout. + + +2. Types and visuals +-------------------- + +Pixels are stored in memory in hardware-dependent formats. Applications need +to be aware of the pixel storage format in order to write image data to the +frame buffer memory in the format expected by the hardware. + +Formats are described by frame buffer types and visuals. Some visuals require +additional information, which are stored in the variable screen information +bits_per_pixel, grayscale, red, green, blue and transp fields. + +Visuals describe how color information is encoded and assembled to create +macropixels. Types describe how macropixels are stored in memory. The following +types and visuals are supported. + +- FB_TYPE_PACKED_PIXELS + +Macropixels are stored contiguously in a single plane. If the number of bits +per macropixel is not a multiple of 8, whether macropixels are padded to the +next multiple of 8 bits or packed together into bytes depends on the visual. + +Padding at end of lines may be present and is then reported through the fixed +screen information line_length field. + +- FB_TYPE_PLANES + +Macropixels are split across multiple planes. The number of planes is equal to +the number of bits per macropixel, with plane i'th storing i'th bit from all +macropixels. + +Planes are located contiguously in memory. + +- FB_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_PLANES + +Macropixels are split across multiple planes. The number of planes is equal to +the number of bits per macropixel, with plane i'th storing i'th bit from all +macropixels. + +Planes are interleaved in memory. The interleave factor, defined as the +distance in bytes between the beginning of two consecutive interleaved blocks +belonging to different planes, is stored in the fixed screen information +type_aux field. + +- FB_TYPE_FOURCC + +Macropixels are stored in memory as described by the format FOURCC identifier +stored in the variable screen information grayscale field. + +- FB_VISUAL_MONO01 + +Pixels are black or white and stored on a number of bits (typically one) +specified by the variable screen information bpp field. + +Black pixels are represented by all bits set to 1 and white pixels by all bits +set to 0. When the number of bits per pixel is smaller than 8, several pixels +are packed together in a byte. + +FB_VISUAL_MONO01 is currently used with FB_TYPE_PACKED_PIXELS only. + +- FB_VISUAL_MONO10 + +Pixels are black or white and stored on a number of bits (typically one) +specified by the variable screen information bpp field. + +Black pixels are represented by all bits set to 0 and white pixels by all bits +set to 1. When the number of bits per pixel is smaller than 8, several pixels +are packed together in a byte. + +FB_VISUAL_MONO01 is currently used with FB_TYPE_PACKED_PIXELS only. + +- FB_VISUAL_TRUECOLOR + +Pixels are broken into red, green and blue components, and each component +indexes a read-only lookup table for the corresponding value. Lookup tables +are device-dependent, and provide linear or non-linear ramps. + +Each component is stored in a macropixel according to the variable screen +information red, green, blue and transp fields. + +- FB_VISUAL_PSEUDOCOLOR and FB_VISUAL_STATIC_PSEUDOCOLOR + +Pixel values are encoded as indices into a colormap that stores red, green and +blue components. The colormap is read-only for FB_VISUAL_STATIC_PSEUDOCOLOR +and read-write for FB_VISUAL_PSEUDOCOLOR. + +Each pixel value is stored in the number of bits reported by the variable +screen information bits_per_pixel field. + +- FB_VISUAL_DIRECTCOLOR + +Pixels are broken into red, green and blue components, and each component +indexes a programmable lookup table for the corresponding value. + +Each component is stored in a macropixel according to the variable screen +information red, green, blue and transp fields. + +- FB_VISUAL_FOURCC + +Pixels are encoded and interpreted as described by the format FOURCC +identifier stored in the variable screen information grayscale field. + + +3. Screen information +--------------------- + +Screen information are queried by applications using the FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO +and FBIOGET_VSCREENINFO ioctls. Those ioctls take a pointer to a +fb_fix_screeninfo and fb_var_screeninfo structure respectively. + +struct fb_fix_screeninfo stores device independent unchangeable information +about the frame buffer device and the current format. Those information can't +be directly modified by applications, but can be changed by the driver when an +application modifies the format. + +struct fb_fix_screeninfo { + char id[16]; /* identification string eg "TT Builtin" */ + unsigned long smem_start; /* Start of frame buffer mem */ + /* (physical address) */ + __u32 smem_len; /* Length of frame buffer mem */ + __u32 type; /* see FB_TYPE_* */ + __u32 type_aux; /* Interleave for interleaved Planes */ + __u32 visual; /* see FB_VISUAL_* */ + __u16 xpanstep; /* zero if no hardware panning */ + __u16 ypanstep; /* zero if no hardware panning */ + __u16 ywrapstep; /* zero if no hardware ywrap */ + __u32 line_length; /* length of a line in bytes */ + unsigned long mmio_start; /* Start of Memory Mapped I/O */ + /* (physical address) */ + __u32 mmio_len; /* Length of Memory Mapped I/O */ + __u32 accel; /* Indicate to driver which */ + /* specific chip/card we have */ + __u16 capabilities; /* see FB_CAP_* */ + __u16 reserved[2]; /* Reserved for future compatibility */ +}; + +struct fb_var_screeninfo stores device independent changeable information +about a frame buffer device, its current format and video mode, as well as +other miscellaneous parameters. + +struct fb_var_screeninfo { + __u32 xres; /* visible resolution */ + __u32 yres; + __u32 xres_virtual; /* virtual resolution */ + __u32 yres_virtual; + __u32 xoffset; /* offset from virtual to visible */ + __u32 yoffset; /* resolution */ + + __u32 bits_per_pixel; /* guess what */ + __u32 grayscale; /* 0 = color, 1 = grayscale, */ + /* >1 = FOURCC */ + struct fb_bitfield red; /* bitfield in fb mem if true color, */ + struct fb_bitfield green; /* else only length is significant */ + struct fb_bitfield blue; + struct fb_bitfield transp; /* transparency */ + + __u32 nonstd; /* != 0 Non standard pixel format */ + + __u32 activate; /* see FB_ACTIVATE_* */ + + __u32 height; /* height of picture in mm */ + __u32 width; /* width of picture in mm */ + + __u32 accel_flags; /* (OBSOLETE) see fb_info.flags */ + + /* Timing: All values in pixclocks, except pixclock (of course) */ + __u32 pixclock; /* pixel clock in ps (pico seconds) */ + __u32 left_margin; /* time from sync to picture */ + __u32 right_margin; /* time from picture to sync */ + __u32 upper_margin; /* time from sync to picture */ + __u32 lower_margin; + __u32 hsync_len; /* length of horizontal sync */ + __u32 vsync_len; /* length of vertical sync */ + __u32 sync; /* see FB_SYNC_* */ + __u32 vmode; /* see FB_VMODE_* */ + __u32 rotate; /* angle we rotate counter clockwise */ + __u32 colorspace; /* colorspace for FOURCC-based modes */ + __u32 reserved[4]; /* Reserved for future compatibility */ +}; + +To modify variable information, applications call the FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO +ioctl with a pointer to a fb_var_screeninfo structure. If the call is +successful, the driver will update the fixed screen information accordingly. + +Instead of filling the complete fb_var_screeninfo structure manually, +applications should call the FBIOGET_VSCREENINFO ioctl and modify only the +fields they care about. + + +4. Format configuration +----------------------- + +Frame buffer devices offer two ways to configure the frame buffer format: the +legacy API and the FOURCC-based API. + + +The legacy API has been the only frame buffer format configuration API for a +long time and is thus widely used by application. It is the recommended API +for applications when using RGB and grayscale formats, as well as legacy +non-standard formats. + +To select a format, applications set the fb_var_screeninfo bits_per_pixel field +to the desired frame buffer depth. Values up to 8 will usually map to +monochrome, grayscale or pseudocolor visuals, although this is not required. + +- For grayscale formats, applications set the grayscale field to one. The red, + blue, green and transp fields must be set to 0 by applications and ignored by + drivers. Drivers must fill the red, blue and green offsets to 0 and lengths + to the bits_per_pixel value. + +- For pseudocolor formats, applications set the grayscale field to zero. The + red, blue, green and transp fields must be set to 0 by applications and + ignored by drivers. Drivers must fill the red, blue and green offsets to 0 + and lengths to the bits_per_pixel value. + +- For truecolor and directcolor formats, applications set the grayscale field + to zero, and the red, blue, green and transp fields to describe the layout of + color components in memory. + +struct fb_bitfield { + __u32 offset; /* beginning of bitfield */ + __u32 length; /* length of bitfield */ + __u32 msb_right; /* != 0 : Most significant bit is */ + /* right */ +}; + + Pixel values are bits_per_pixel wide and are split in non-overlapping red, + green, blue and alpha (transparency) components. Location and size of each + component in the pixel value are described by the fb_bitfield offset and + length fields. Offset are computed from the right. + + Pixels are always stored in an integer number of bytes. If the number of + bits per pixel is not a multiple of 8, pixel values are padded to the next + multiple of 8 bits. + +Upon successful format configuration, drivers update the fb_fix_screeninfo +type, visual and line_length fields depending on the selected format. + + +The FOURCC-based API replaces format descriptions by four character codes +(FOURCC). FOURCCs are abstract identifiers that uniquely define a format +without explicitly describing it. This is the only API that supports YUV +formats. Drivers are also encouraged to implement the FOURCC-based API for RGB +and grayscale formats. + +Drivers that support the FOURCC-based API report this capability by setting +the FB_CAP_FOURCC bit in the fb_fix_screeninfo capabilities field. + +FOURCC definitions are located in the linux/videodev2.h header. However, and +despite starting with the V4L2_PIX_FMT_prefix, they are not restricted to V4L2 +and don't require usage of the V4L2 subsystem. FOURCC documentation is +available in Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml. + +To select a format, applications set the grayscale field to the desired FOURCC. +For YUV formats, they should also select the appropriate colorspace by setting +the colorspace field to one of the colorspaces listed in linux/videodev2.h and +documented in Documentation/DocBook/v4l/colorspaces.xml. + +The red, green, blue and transp fields are not used with the FOURCC-based API. +For forward compatibility reasons applications must zero those fields, and +drivers must ignore them. Values other than 0 may get a meaning in future +extensions. + +Upon successful format configuration, drivers update the fb_fix_screeninfo +type, visual and line_length fields depending on the selected format. The type +and visual fields are set to FB_TYPE_FOURCC and FB_VISUAL_FOURCC respectively. diff --git a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt index e5ce8a1a978b..b95f5bb522f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ sgram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SGRAM memory. It has no effect without `init'. sdram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SDRAM memory. It is a default. -inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millenium and - Millenium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around +inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millennium and + Millennium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around characters. noinv24 - use standard timings. It is the default. inverse - invert colors on screen (for LCD displays) @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ grayscale - enable grayscale summing. It works in PSEUDOCOLOR modes (text, can paint colors. nograyscale - disable grayscale summing. It is default. cross4MB - enables that pixel line can cross 4MB boundary. It is default for - non-Millenium. + non-Millennium. nocross4MB - pixel line must not cross 4MB boundary. It is default for - Millenium I or II, because of these devices have hardware + Millennium I or II, because of these devices have hardware limitations which do not allow this. But this option is incompatible with some (if not all yet released) versions of XF86_FBDev. diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index 5575759b84ee..4bfd982f8080 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt @@ -439,52 +439,6 @@ Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> ---------------------------- -What: Support for driver specific ioctls in the pwc driver (everything - defined in media/pwc-ioctl.h) -When: 3.3 -Why: This stems from the v4l1 era, with v4l2 everything can be done with - standardized v4l2 API calls -Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> - ----------------------------- - -What: Driver specific sysfs API in the pwc driver -When: 3.3 -Why: Setting pan/tilt should be done with v4l2 controls, like with other - cams. The button is available as a standard input device -Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> - ----------------------------- - -What: Driver specific use of pixfmt.priv in the pwc driver -When: 3.3 -Why: The .priv field never was intended for this, setting a framerate is - support using the standardized S_PARM ioctl -Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> - ----------------------------- - -What: Software emulation of arbritary resolutions in the pwc driver -When: 3.3 -Why: The pwc driver claims to support any resolution between 160x120 - and 640x480, but emulates this by simply drawing a black border - around the image. Userspace can draw its own black border if it - really wants one. -Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> - ----------------------------- - -What: For VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY the type field must match the device node's type. - If not, return -EINVAL. -When: 3.2 -Why: It makes no sense to switch the tuner to radio mode by calling - VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY on a video node, or to switch the tuner to tv mode by - calling VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY on a radio node. This is the first step of a - move to more consistent handling of tv and radio tuners. -Who: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> - ----------------------------- - What: Opening a radio device node will no longer automatically switch the tuner mode from tv to radio. When: 3.3 @@ -544,3 +498,48 @@ When: 3.5 Why: The iwlagn module has been renamed iwlwifi. The alias will be around for backward compatibility for several cycles and then dropped. Who: Don Fry <donald.h.fry@intel.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: pci_scan_bus_parented() +When: 3.5 +Why: The pci_scan_bus_parented() interface creates a new root bus. The + bus is created with default resources (ioport_resource and + iomem_resource) that are always wrong, so we rely on arch code to + correct them later. Callers of pci_scan_bus_parented() should + convert to using pci_scan_root_bus() so they can supply a list of + bus resources when the bus is created. +Who: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: The CAP9 SoC family will be removed +When: 3.4 +Files: arch/arm/mach-at91/at91cap9.c + arch/arm/mach-at91/at91cap9_devices.c + arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9.h + arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9_matrix.h + arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9_ddrsdr.h + arch/arm/mach-at91/board-cap9adk.c +Why: The code is not actively maintained and platforms are now hard to find. +Who: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com> + Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: Low Performance USB Block driver ("CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UB") +When: 3.6 +Why: This driver provides support for USB storage devices like "USB + sticks". As of now, it is deactivated in Debian, Fedora and + Ubuntu. All current users can switch over to usb-storage + (CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) which only drawback is the additional SCSI + stack. +Who: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc> + +---------------------------- + +What: kmap_atomic(page, km_type) +When: 3.5 +Why: The old kmap_atomic() with two arguments is deprecated, we only + keep it for backward compatibility for few cycles and then drop it. +Who: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt index 763d8ebbbebd..d6030aa33376 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt @@ -119,12 +119,20 @@ Mount Options must rely on TCP's error correction to detect data corruption in the data payload. - noasyncreaddir - Disable client's use its local cache to satisfy readdir - requests. (This does not change correctness; the client uses - cached metadata only when a lease or capability ensures it is - valid.) + dcache + Use the dcache contents to perform negative lookups and + readdir when the client has the entire directory contents in + its cache. (This does not change correctness; the client uses + cached metadata only when a lease or capability ensures it is + valid.) + + nodcache + Do not use the dcache as above. This avoids a significant amount of + complex code, sacrificing performance without affecting correctness, + and is useful for tracking down bugs. + noasyncreaddir + Do not use the dcache as above for readdir. More Information ================ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt index 6872c91bce35..4e2575873187 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt @@ -14,7 +14,10 @@ Debugfs is typically mounted with a command like: mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug -(Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). +(Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). +The debugfs root directory is accessible by anyone by default. To +restrict access to the tree the "uid", "gid" and "mode" mount +options can be used. Note that the debugfs API is exported GPL-only to modules. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 10ec4639f152..8c10bf375c73 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ min_batch_time=usec This parameter sets the commit time (as fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency. journal_ioprio=prio The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the - highest priorty) which should be used for I/O + highest priority) which should be used for I/O operations submitted by kjournald2 during a commit operation. This defaults to 3, which is a slightly higher priority than the default I/O @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ noinit_itable Do not initialize any uninitialized inode table init_itable=n The lazy itable init code will wait n times the number of milliseconds it took to zero out the previous block group's inode table. This - minimizes the impact on the systme performance + minimizes the impact on the system performance while file system's inode table is being initialized. discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt index d81889669293..19a19ebebc34 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ be fixed. The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will -have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same fileystem, +have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same filesystem, and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's kobject subsystem. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX index a57e12411d2a..1716874a651e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ - this file (nfs-related documentation). Exporting - explanation of how to make filesystems exportable. +fault_injection.txt + - information for using fault injection on the server knfsd-stats.txt - statistics which the NFS server makes available to user space. nfs.txt diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..426d166089a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + +Fault Injection +=============== +Fault injection is a method for forcing errors that may not normally occur, or +may be difficult to reproduce. Forcing these errors in a controlled environment +can help the developer find and fix bugs before their code is shipped in a +production system. Injecting an error on the Linux NFS server will allow us to +observe how the client reacts and if it manages to recover its state correctly. + +NFSD_FAULT_INJECTION must be selected when configuring the kernel to use this +feature. + + +Using Fault Injection +===================== +On the client, mount the fault injection server through NFS v4.0+ and do some +work over NFS (open files, take locks, ...). + +On the server, mount the debugfs filesystem to <debug_dir> and ls +<debug_dir>/nfsd. This will show a list of files that will be used for +injecting faults on the NFS server. As root, write a number n to the file +corresponding to the action you want the server to take. The server will then +process the first n items it finds. So if you want to forget 5 locks, echo '5' +to <debug_dir>/nfsd/forget_locks. A value of 0 will tell the server to forget +all corresponding items. A log message will be created containing the number +of items forgotten (check dmesg). + +Go back to work on the client and check if the client recovered from the error +correctly. + + +Available Faults +================ +forget_clients: + The NFS server keeps a list of clients that have placed a mount call. If + this list is cleared, the server will have no knowledge of who the client + is, forcing the client to reauthenticate with the server. + +forget_openowners: + The NFS server keeps a list of what files are currently opened and who + they were opened by. Clearing this list will force the client to reopen + its files. + +forget_locks: + The NFS server keeps a list of what files are currently locked in the VFS. + Clearing this list will force the client to reclaim its locks (files are + unlocked through the VFS as they are cleared from this list). + +forget_delegations: + A delegation is used to assure the client that a file, or part of a file, + has not changed since the delegation was awarded. Clearing this list will + force the client to reaquire its delegation before accessing the file + again. + +recall_delegations: + Delegations can be recalled by the server when another client attempts to + access a file. This test will notify the client that its delegation has + been revoked, forcing the client to reaquire the delegation before using + the file again. + + +tools/nfs/inject_faults.sh script +================================= +This script has been created to ease the fault injection process. This script +will detect the mounted debugfs directory and write to the files located there +based on the arguments passed by the user. For example, running +`inject_faults.sh forget_locks 1` as root will instruct the server to forget +one lock. Running `inject_faults forget_locks` will instruct the server to +forgetall locks. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt index 65e03dd44823..c680b4b5353d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. -All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers. +All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianness is used at the end peers. @cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following commands are used currently: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index 12fee132fbe2..a76a26a1db8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -307,6 +307,9 @@ Table 1-4: Contents of the stat files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) blkio_ticks time spent waiting for block IO gtime guest time of the task in jiffies cgtime guest time of the task children in jiffies + start_data address above which program data+bss is placed + end_data address below which program data+bss is placed + start_brk address above which program heap can be expanded with brk() .............................................................................. The /proc/PID/maps file containing the currently mapped memory regions and diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt index a8273d5fad20..59b4a0962e0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ the above threads) is: either way about the archive format, and there are alternative tools, such as: - http://freshmeat.net/projects/afio/ + http://freecode.com/projects/afio 2) The cpio archive format chosen by the kernel is simpler and cleaner (and thus easier to create and parse) than any of the (literally dozens of) diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt index 7db3ebda5a4c..403c090aca39 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ byte alignment: Compressed data blocks are written to the filesystem as files are read from the source directory, and checked for duplicates. Once all file data has been -written the completed inode, directory, fragment, export and uid/gid lookup -tables are written. +written the completed inode, directory, fragment, export, uid/gid lookup and +xattr tables are written. 3.1 Compression options ----------------------- @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ in each metadata block. Directories are sorted in alphabetical order, and at lookup the index is scanned linearly looking for the first filename alphabetically larger than the filename being looked up. At this point the location of the metadata block the filename is in has been found. -The general idea of the index is ensure only one metadata block needs to be +The general idea of the index is to ensure only one metadata block needs to be decompressed to do a lookup irrespective of the length of the directory. This scheme has the advantage that it doesn't require extra memory overhead and doesn't require much extra storage on disk. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 3d9393b845b8..e916e3d36488 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, - and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returing + and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returning -ECHILD. This function is only used if DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT is set on the diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 index ab70d96d2dfd..2cfa25667123 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 @@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver adm1275 ===================== Supported chips: + * Analog Devices ADM1075 + Prefix: 'adm1075' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf * Analog Devices ADM1275 Prefix: 'adm1275' Addresses scanned: - @@ -17,13 +21,13 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> Description ----------- -This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1275 and ADM1276 -Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. +This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275, +and ADM1276 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. -ADM1275 and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit board to be -removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature current and -voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), -accessed using a PMBus interface. +ADM1075, ADM1275, and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit +board to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature +current and voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital +converter (ADC), accessed using a PMBus interface. The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. @@ -36,6 +40,10 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details. +The ADM1075, unlike many other PMBus devices, does not support internal voltage +or current scaling. Reported voltages, currents, and power are raw measurements, +and will typically have to be scaled. + Platform data support --------------------- @@ -51,9 +59,10 @@ The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only. in1_label "vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and - configuration. + configuration. On ADM1075, vout1 reports the voltage on + the VAUX pin. in1_input Measured voltage. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. in1_max Maximum voltage. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. @@ -74,3 +83,10 @@ curr1_crit Critical maximum current. Depending on the chip curr1_crit_alarm Critical current high alarm. curr1_highest Historical maximum current. curr1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + +power1_label "pin1" +power1_input Input power. +power1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + + Power attributes are supported on ADM1075 and ADM1276 + only. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 index 6f496a586732..23b7def21ba8 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'it8721' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8728F + Prefix: 'it8728' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * SiS950 [clone of IT8705F] Prefix: 'it87' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -71,7 +75,7 @@ Description ----------- This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F, -IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8758E and SiS950 chips. +IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E and SiS950 chips. These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports, joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they @@ -105,6 +109,9 @@ The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F to userspace applications. +The IT8728F is considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet +becomes available (hopefully.) + Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed. @@ -121,8 +128,8 @@ alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of -0.016 volt (except IT8721F/IT8758E: 0.012 volt.) The battery voltage in8 does -not have limit registers. +0.016 volt (except IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The battery +voltage in8 does not have limit registers. On the IT8721F/IT8758E, some voltage inputs are internal and scaled inside the chip (in7, in8 and optionally in3). The driver handles this transparently diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 index a22ecf48f255..66ecb9fc8246 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 @@ -3,57 +3,50 @@ Kernel driver jc42 Supported chips: * Analog Devices ADT7408 - Prefix: 'adt7408' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7408.pdf - * IDT TSE2002B3, TS3000B3 - Prefix: 'tse2002b3', 'ts3000b3' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * Atmel AT30TS00 Datasheets: - http://www.idt.com/products/getdoc.cfm?docid=18715691 - http://www.idt.com/products/getdoc.cfm?docid=18715692 + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc8585.pdf + * IDT TSE2002B3, TSE2002GB2, TS3000B3, TS3000GB2 + Datasheets: + http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002B3C_DST_20100512_120303152056.pdf + http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002GB2A1_DST_20111107_120303145914.pdf + http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000B3A_DST_20101129_120303152013.pdf + http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000GB2A1_DST_20111104_120303151012.pdf * Maxim MAX6604 - Prefix: 'max6604' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf - * Microchip MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 - Prefixes: 'mcp9805', 'mcp98242', 'mcp98243', 'mcp9843' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 Datasheets: + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf - * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B - Prefix: 'se97' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A Datasheets: http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97B.pdf - * NXP Semiconductors SE98 - Prefix: 'se98' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f - Datasheets: http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98.pdf + http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98A.pdf * ON Semiconductor CAT34TS02, CAT6095 - Prefix: 'cat34ts02', 'cat6095' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/CAT34TS02-D.PDF http://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/CAT6095-D.PDF - * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02 - Prefix: 'stts424' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02, STTS2002, STTS3000 Datasheets: - http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13447/stts424.pdf - http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13448/stts424e02.pdf + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157556.pdf + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157558.pdf + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00225278.pdf + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/CD00270920.pdf * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips - Prefix: 'jc42' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheet: http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/4_01_04R19.pdf + Common for all chips: + Prefix: 'jc42' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 index b9843eab1afb..4d30d209881a 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 @@ -12,6 +12,11 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 and 0x4e Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM64.html + * National Semiconductor LM96163 + Prefix: 'lm96163' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c + Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website + http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM96163.html Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> @@ -49,16 +54,24 @@ value for measuring the speed of the fan. It can measure fan speeds down to Note that the pin used for fan monitoring is shared with an alert out function. Depending on how the board designer wanted to use the chip, fan speed monitoring will or will not be possible. The proper chip configuration -is left to the BIOS, and the driver will blindly trust it. +is left to the BIOS, and the driver will blindly trust it. Only the original +LM63 suffers from this limitation, the LM64 and LM96163 have separate pins +for fan monitoring and alert out. On the LM64, monitoring is always enabled; +on the LM96163 it can be disabled. A PWM output can be used to control the speed of the fan. The LM63 has two PWM modes: manual and automatic. Automatic mode is not fully implemented yet (you cannot define your custom PWM/temperature curve), and mode change isn't supported either. -The lm63 driver will not update its values more frequently than every -second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return 'old' -values. +The lm63 driver will not update its values more frequently than configured with +the update_interval sysfs attribute; reading them more often will do no harm, +but will return 'old' values. Values in the automatic fan control lookup table +(attributes pwm1_auto_*) have their own independent lifetime of 5 seconds. The LM64 is effectively an LM63 with GPIO lines. The driver does not support these GPIO lines at present. + +The LM96163 is an enhanced version of LM63 with improved temperature accuracy +and better PWM resolution. For LM96163, the external temperature sensor type is +configurable as CPU embedded diode(1) or 3904 transistor(2). diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 index cb5b407ba3e6..a60b43efc32b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 @@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website http://www.national.com/ + * National Semiconductor LM96080 + Prefix: 'lm96080' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f + Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website + http://www.national.com/ Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, @@ -17,7 +22,9 @@ Description This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM80. It is described as a 'Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor -System Hardware Monitor'. +System Hardware Monitor'. The LM96080 is a more recent incarnation, +it is pin and register compatible, with a few additional features not +yet supported by the driver. The LM80 implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed sensors, seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 index f6e8bcbfaccf..f8b478076f6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-4]_label "vout[1-4]" in[1-4]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-4]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-4]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-4]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 index 8ab51536a1eb..04482226db20 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 @@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ Supported chips: Prefixes: 'max34441' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf + * Maxim MAX34446 + PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger + Prefixes: 'max34446' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> @@ -19,8 +24,8 @@ Description ----------- This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel -Power-Supply Manager and MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager -and Intelligent Fan Controller. +Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager +and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger. The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. @@ -33,6 +38,13 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details. +For MAX34446, the value of the currX_crit attribute determines if current or +voltage measurement is enabled for a given channel. Voltage measurement is +enabled if currX_crit is set to 0; current measurement is enabled if the +attribute is set to a positive value. Power measurement is only enabled if +channel 1 (3) is configured for voltage measurement, and channel 2 (4) is +configured for current measurement. + Platform data support --------------------- @@ -48,27 +60,39 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-6]_label "vout[1-6]". in[1-6]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-6]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-6]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-6]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. in[1-6]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status. in[1-6]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. +in[1-6]_lowest Historical minimum voltage. in[1-6]_highest Historical maximum voltage. in[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + MAX34446 only supports in[1-4]. + curr[1-6]_label "iout[1-6]". curr[1-6]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[1-6]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. curr[1-6]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-6]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. curr[1-6]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status. +curr[1-4]_average Historical average current (MAX34446 only). curr[1-6]_highest Historical maximum current. curr[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. in6 and curr6 attributes only exist for MAX34440. + MAX34446 only supports curr[1-4]. + +power[1,3]_label "pout[1,3]" +power[1,3]_input Measured power. +power[1,3]_average Historical average power. +power[1,3]_highest Historical maximum power. + + Power attributes only exist for MAX34446. temp[1-8]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 register. temp1 is the chip's internal temperature. temp2..temp5 @@ -79,7 +103,9 @@ temp[1-8]_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register. temp[1-8]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register. temp[1-8]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm. temp[1-8]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm. +temp[1-8]_average Historical average temperature (MAX34446 only). temp[1-8]_highest Historical maximum temperature. temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440. + MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3]. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 index 71ed10a3c94e..fe849871df32 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in1_label "vout1" in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in1_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus index d28b591753d1..f90f99920cc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus @@ -15,13 +15,20 @@ Supported chips: http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/NCP4200-D.PDF http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/JUNE%202009-%20REV.%200.PDF * Lineage Power - Prefixes: 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' + Prefixes: 'mdt040', 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' Addresses scanned: - Datasheets: http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT003A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT006A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf + http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/MDT040A0X.pdf + * Texas Instruments TPS40400, TPS40422 + Prefixes: 'tps40400', 'tps40422' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheets: + http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40400 + http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422 * Generic PMBus devices Prefix: 'pmbus' Addresses scanned: - diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 index 446a054e4912..0551d266c51c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 @@ -16,6 +16,11 @@ Description SMSC SCH5627 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring capabilities. They can monitor up to 5 voltages, 4 fans and 8 temperatures. +The SMSC SCH5627 hardware monitoring part also contains an integrated +watchdog. In order for this watchdog to function some motherboard specific +initialization most be done by the BIOS, so if the watchdog is not enabled +by the BIOS the sch5627 driver will not register a watchdog device. + The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 index f83bd1c260f0..7b0a01da0717 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ temperatures. Note that the driver detects how many fan headers / temperature sensors are actually implemented on the motherboard, so you will likely see fewer temperature and fan inputs. +The Fujitsu Theseus hwmon solution also contains an integrated watchdog. +This watchdog is fully supported by the sch5636 driver. + An application note describing the Theseus' registers, as well as an application note describing the protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon request. Please mail me if you want a copy. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface index a4aa8f600e09..1f4dd855a299 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ value (fastest fan speed) wins. temp[1-*]_type Sensor type selection. Integers 1 to 6 RW - 1: PII/Celeron Diode + 1: CPU embedded diode 2: 3904 transistor 3: thermal diode 4: thermistor diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 index 40ca6db50c48..0df5f276505b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-12]_label "vout[1-12]". in[1-12]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-12]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-12]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-12]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ in[1-12]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. curr[1-12]_label "iout[1-12]". curr[1-12]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[1-12]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. -curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT +curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-12]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-12]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 index 3c58607f72fe..fd7d07b1908a 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in1_label "vin". in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN register. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in1_max Maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VIN_UV_WARNING status. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VIN_OV_WARNING status. @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ in1_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VIN_OV_FAULT status. in[2-5]_label "vout[1-4]". in[2-5]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[2-5]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[2-5]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[2-5]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ curr1_input Measured current. From READ_IIN register. curr[2-5]_label "iout[1-4]". curr[2-5]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[2-5]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. -curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT +curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[2-5]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[2-5]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf index 3f44dbdfda70..ceaf6f652b00 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ W83627DHG, W83627DHG-P, W83627UHG, W83667HG, W83667HG-B, W83667HG-I (NCT6775F), and NCT6776F super I/O chips. We will refer to them collectively as Winbond chips. -The chips implement 2 to 4 temperature sensors (9 for NCT6775F and NCT6776F), +The chips implement 3 to 4 temperature sensors (9 for NCT6775F and NCT6776F), 2 to 5 fan rotation speed sensors, 8 to 10 analog voltage sensors, one VID (except for 627UHG), alarms with beep warnings (control unimplemented), and some automatic fan regulation strategies (plus manual fan control mode). @@ -143,8 +143,13 @@ pwm[1-4]_min_output - minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255), when the temperature pwm[1-4]_stop_time - how many milliseconds [ms] must elapse to switch corresponding fan off. (when the temperature was below defined range). +pwm[1-4]_start_output-minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255) when spinning up +pwm[1-4]_step_output- rate of fan speed change (1 - 255) +pwm[1-4]_stop_output- minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255) when spinning down +pwm[1-4]_max_output - maximum fan speed (range 1 - 255), when the temperature + is above defined range. -Note: last two functions are influenced by other control bits, not yet exported +Note: last six functions are influenced by other control bits, not yet exported by the driver, so a change might not have any effect. Implementation Details diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 index 51f76a189fee..a995b41724fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 @@ -34,6 +34,14 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'zl6105' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn6906.pdf + * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9101M + Prefix: 'zl9101' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7669.pdf + * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9117M + Prefix: 'zl9117' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7914.pdf * Ericsson BMR450, BMR451 Prefix: 'bmr450', 'bmr451' Addresses scanned: - @@ -88,14 +96,12 @@ Module parameters delay ----- -Some Intersil/Zilker Labs DC-DC controllers require a minimum interval between -I2C bus accesses. According to Intersil, the minimum interval is 2 ms, though -1 ms appears to be sufficient and has not caused any problems in testing. -The problem is known to affect ZL6100, ZL2105, and ZL2008. It is known not to -affect ZL2004 and ZL6105. The driver automatically sets the interval to 1 ms -except for ZL2004 and ZL6105. To enable manual override, the driver provides a -writeable module parameter, 'delay', which can be used to set the interval to -a value between 0 and 65,535 microseconds. +Intersil/Zilker Labs DC-DC controllers require a minimum interval between I2C +bus accesses. According to Intersil, the minimum interval is 2 ms, though 1 ms +appears to be sufficient and has not caused any problems in testing. The problem +is known to affect all currently supported chips. For manual override, the +driver provides a writeable module parameter, 'delay', which can be used to set +the interval to a value between 0 and 65,535 microseconds. Sysfs entries @@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ in1_label "vin" in1_input Measured input voltage. in1_min Minimum input voltage. in1_max Maximum input voltage. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum input voltage. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum input voltage. in1_crit Critical maximum input voltage. in1_min_alarm Input voltage low alarm. in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm. @@ -117,7 +123,7 @@ in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm. in2_label "vout1" in2_input Measured output voltage. -in2_lcrit Critical minumum output Voltage. +in2_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage. in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage. in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm. in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm. diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices index 9edb75d8c9b9..abf63615ee05 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices +++ b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ it may have different addresses from one board to the next (manufacturer changing its design without notice). In this case, you can call i2c_new_probed_device() instead of i2c_new_device(). -Example (from the pnx4008 OHCI driver): +Example (from the nxp OHCI driver): static const unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x2c, 0x2d, I2C_CLIENT_END }; -static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +static int __devinit usb_hcd_nxp_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) { (...) struct i2c_adapter *i2c_adap; @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) (...) i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2); memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info)); - strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_pnx", I2C_NAME_SIZE); + strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_nxp", I2C_NAME_SIZE); isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info, normal_i2c, NULL); i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap); diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl index 22ca53a67e23..27c3c5493116 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl +++ b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ VI. Setting Parameters The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into ops->resbuf if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 is returned - and errno is set appropriatly: + and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ VIII. Downloading Software RETURNS This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ IX. Uploading Software RETURNS This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ X. Removing Software RETURNS This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ X. Validating Configuration RETURNS This function returns 0 if no erro occur. If an error occurs, -1 is - returned and errno is set appropriatly: + returned and errno is set appropriately: ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ XI. Configuration Dialog RETURNS This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number diff --git a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 index 190d17bfff62..4cc3ad99f39b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 +++ b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ * since the .pdf version doesn't seem to work... * -- Updated the TODO list to something more current. * - * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect mechine endianess, + * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect machine endianness, * patch thanks to "Eddie C. Dost" <ecd@skynet.be> * * 4.50 Oct 19, 1998 -- New maintainers! diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt index f274c28b5103..ae8ba9a74ce1 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ Detection All ALPS touchpads should respond to the "E6 report" command sequence: E8-E6-E6-E6-E9. An ALPS touchpad should respond with either 00-00-0A or -00-00-64. +00-00-64 if no buttons are pressed. The bits 0-2 of the first byte will be 1s +if some buttons are pressed. If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7 report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is @@ -131,8 +132,8 @@ number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below). byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and -ususally only appears when there are two or more contacts (although -ocassionally it's seen with only a single contact). +usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although +occassionally it's seen with only a single contact). The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet. diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt index 23fcb05175be..53305bd08182 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ reports supported by a device are also provided by sysfs in class/input/event*/device/capabilities/, and the properties of a device are provided in class/input/event*/device/properties. -Types: -========== -Types are groupings of codes under a logical input construct. Each type has a -set of applicable codes to be used in generating events. See the Codes section -for details on valid codes for each type. +Event types: +=========== +Event types are groupings of codes under a logical input construct. Each +type has a set of applicable codes to be used in generating events. See the +Codes section for details on valid codes for each type. * EV_SYN: - Used as markers to separate events. Events may be separated in time or in @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ for details on valid codes for each type. * EV_FF_STATUS: - Used to receive force feedback device status. -Codes: -========== -Codes define the precise type of event. +Event codes: +=========== +Event codes define the precise type of event. EV_SYN: ---------- @@ -220,6 +220,56 @@ EV_PWR: EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power mangement. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later. +Device properties: +================= +Normally, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits, +i.e., the event types. In the case of two devices emitting the same event +types, additional information can be provided in the form of device +properties. + +INPUT_PROP_DIRECT + INPUT_PROP_POINTER: +-------------------------------------- +The INPUT_PROP_DIRECT property indicates that device coordinates should be +directly mapped to screen coordinates (not taking into account trivial +transformations, such as scaling, flipping and rotating). Non-direct input +devices require non-trivial transformation, such as absolute to relative +transformation for touchpads. Typical direct input devices: touchscreens, +drawing tablets; non-direct devices: touchpads, mice. + +The INPUT_PROP_POINTER property indicates that the device is not transposed +on the screen and thus requires use of an on-screen pointer to trace user's +movements. Typical pointer devices: touchpads, tablets, mice; non-pointer +device: touchscreen. + +If neither INPUT_PROP_DIRECT or INPUT_PROP_POINTER are set, the property is +considered undefined and the device type should be deduced in the +traditional way, using emitted event types. + +INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD: +-------------------- +For touchpads where the button is placed beneath the surface, such that +pressing down on the pad causes a button click, this property should be +set. Common in clickpad notebooks and macbooks from 2009 and onwards. + +Originally, the buttonpad property was coded into the bcm5974 driver +version field under the name integrated button. For backwards +compatibility, both methods need to be checked in userspace. + +INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT: +------------------ +Some touchpads, most common between 2008 and 2011, can detect the presence +of multiple contacts without resolving the individual positions; only the +number of contacts and a rectangular shape is known. For such +touchpads, the semi-mt property should be set. + +Depending on the device, the rectangle may enclose all touches, like a +bounding box, or just some of them, for instance the two most recent +touches. The diversity makes the rectangle of limited use, but some +gestures can normally be extracted from it. + +If INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT is not set, the device is assumed to be a true MT +device. + Guidelines: ========== The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality. @@ -240,6 +290,8 @@ used to report when a touch is active on the screen. BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT,MIDDLE,RIGHT} must not be reported as the result of touch contact. BTN_TOOL_<name> events should be reported where possible. +For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_DIRECT should be set. + Trackpads: ---------- Legacy trackpads that only provide relative position information must report @@ -250,6 +302,8 @@ location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH should be used to report when a touch is active on the trackpad. Where multi-finger support is available, BTN_TOOL_<name> should be used to report the number of touches active on the trackpad. +For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. + Tablets: ---------- BTN_TOOL_<name> events must be reported when a stylus or other tool is active on @@ -260,3 +314,5 @@ button may be used for buttons on the tablet except BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT}. BTN_{0,1,2,etc} are good generic codes for unlabeled buttons. Do not use meaningful buttons, like BTN_FORWARD, unless the button is labeled for that purpose on the device. + +For new hardware, both INPUT_PROP_DIRECT and INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt index 8007b7ca87bf..304262bb661a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse. The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c module. This includes, but is not limited to: -* ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor +* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor * ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad * ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt index 91a6ecbae0bb..18eb98c44ffe 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile if CHS/LBA28 The association between in_flags.all and each enable - bitfield flips depending on endianess; fortunately, TASKFILE + bitfield flips depending on endianness; fortunately, TASKFILE only uses inflags.b.data bit and ignores all other bits. The end result is that, on any endian machines, it has no effect other than modifying in_flags on completion. @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile [6] Do not access {in|out}_flags->all except for resetting all the bits. Always access individual bit fields. ->all - value will flip depending on endianess. For the same + value will flip depending on endianness. For the same reason, do not use IDE_{TASKFILE|HOB}_STD_{OUT|IN}_FLAGS constants defined in hdreg.h. diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 54078ed96b37..68fbfb6529eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'M' 01-03 drivers/scsi/megaraid/megaraid_sas.h 'M' 00-0F drivers/video/fsl-diu-fb.h conflict! 'N' 00-1F drivers/usb/scanner.h +'N' 40-7F drivers/block/nvme.c 'O' 00-06 mtd/ubi-user.h UBI 'P' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! 'P' 60-6F sound/sscape_ioctl.h conflict! @@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'Y' all linux/cyclades.h 'Z' 14-15 drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h '[' 00-07 linux/usb/tmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices - <mailto:gregkh@suse.de> + <mailto:gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> 'a' all linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h ATM on linux <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/> 'b' 00-FF conflict! bit3 vme host bridge @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments linux/ixjuser.h <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net> 'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c 's' all linux/cdk.h -'t' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h +'t' 00-7F linux/ppp-ioctl.h 't' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h 't' 90 linux/toshiba.h 'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h gone diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt index 44e2649fbb29..a686f9cd69c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax). This attribute is only applicable to menu blocks, if the condition is false, the menu block is not displayed to the user (the symbols contained there can still be selected by other symbols, though). It is - similar to a conditional "prompt" attribude for individual menu + similar to a conditional "prompt" attribute for individual menu entries. Default value of "visible" is true. - numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>] diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index f47cdefb4d1e..ab0a984530d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -33,14 +33,15 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles. === 6 Architecture Makefiles --- 6.1 Set variables to tweak the build to the architecture - --- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare: - --- 6.3 List directories to visit when descending - --- 6.4 Architecture-specific boot images - --- 6.5 Building non-kbuild targets - --- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image - --- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands - --- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts - --- 6.9 Generic header files + --- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archheaders: + --- 6.3 Add prerequisites to archprepare: + --- 6.4 List directories to visit when descending + --- 6.5 Architecture-specific boot images + --- 6.6 Building non-kbuild targets + --- 6.7 Commands useful for building a boot image + --- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands + --- 6.9 Preprocessing linker scripts + --- 6.10 Generic header files === 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers --- 7.1 header-y @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ more details, with real examples. This will create a library lib.a based on delay.o. For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built, the directory shall be listed in libs-y. - See also "6.3 List directories to visit when descending". + See also "6.4 List directories to visit when descending". Use of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib. @@ -974,7 +975,20 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): $(KBUILD_ARFLAGS) set by the top level Makefile to "D" (deterministic mode) if this option is supported by $(AR). ---- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare: +--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archheaders: + + The archheaders: rule is used to generate header files that + may be installed into user space by "make header_install" or + "make headers_install_all". In order to support + "make headers_install_all", this target has to be able to run + on an unconfigured tree, or a tree configured for another + architecture. + + It is run before "make archprepare" when run on the + architecture itself. + + +--- 6.3 Add prerequisites to archprepare: The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that need to be built before starting to descend down in the subdirectories. @@ -990,7 +1004,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): generating offset header files. ---- 6.3 List directories to visit when descending +--- 6.4 List directories to visit when descending An arch Makefile cooperates with the top Makefile to define variables which specify how to build the vmlinux file. Note that there is no @@ -1019,7 +1033,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/sparc64/oprofile/ ---- 6.4 Architecture-specific boot images +--- 6.5 Architecture-specific boot images An arch Makefile specifies goals that take the vmlinux file, compress it, wrap it in bootstrapping code, and copy the resulting files @@ -1070,7 +1084,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): When "make" is executed without arguments, bzImage will be built. ---- 6.5 Building non-kbuild targets +--- 6.6 Building non-kbuild targets extra-y @@ -1090,7 +1104,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): shall be built, but shall not be linked as part of built-in.o. ---- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image +--- 6.7 Commands useful for building a boot image Kbuild provides a few macros that are useful when building a boot image. @@ -1112,7 +1126,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): always be built. Assignments to $(targets) are without $(obj)/ prefix. if_changed may be used in conjunction with custom commands as - defined in 6.7 "Custom kbuild commands". + defined in 6.8 "Custom kbuild commands". Note: It is a typical mistake to forget the FORCE prerequisite. Another common pitfall is that whitespace is sometimes @@ -1171,7 +1185,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): $(obj)/%.dtb: $(src)/%.dts $(call cmd,dtc) ---- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands +--- 6.8 Custom kbuild commands When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand of a command is normally displayed. @@ -1198,7 +1212,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): will be displayed with "make KBUILD_VERBOSE=0". ---- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts +--- 6.9 Preprocessing linker scripts When the vmlinux image is built, the linker script arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/vmlinux.lds is used. @@ -1228,7 +1242,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): The kbuild infrastructure for *lds file are used in several architecture-specific files. ---- 6.9 Generic header files +--- 6.10 Generic header files The directory include/asm-generic contains the header files that may be shared between individual architectures. diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index c92b1532f05a..8cadb7551fca 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. controller i8042.nopnp [HW] Don't use ACPIPnP / PnPBIOS to discover KBD/AUX controllers - i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by conroller + i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by controller i8042.reset [HW] Reset the controller during init and cleanup i8042.unlock [HW] Unlock (ignore) the keylock @@ -1059,6 +1059,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. By default, super page will be supported if Intel IOMMU has the capability. With this option, super page will not be supported. + + intel_idle.max_cstate= [KNL,HW,ACPI,X86] + 0 disables intel_idle and fall back on acpi_idle. + 1 to 6 specify maximum depth of C-state. + intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU] on enable Interrupt Remapping (default) off disable Interrupt Remapping @@ -1824,6 +1829,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nomfgpt [X86-32] Disable Multi-Function General Purpose Timer usage (for AMD Geode machines). + nonmi_ipi [X86] Disable using NMI IPIs during panic/reboot to + shutdown the other cpus. Instead use the REBOOT_VECTOR + irq. + nopat [X86] Disable PAT (page attribute table extension of pagetables) support. @@ -2202,6 +2211,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. default: off. + printk.always_kmsg_dump= + Trigger kmsg_dump for cases other than kernel oops or + panics + Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable) + default: disabled + printk.time= Show timing data prefixed to each printk message line Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable) @@ -2395,6 +2410,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. slram= [HW,MTD] + slab_max_order= [MM, SLAB] + Determines the maximum allowed order for slabs. + A high setting may cause OOMs due to memory + fragmentation. Defaults to 1 for systems with + more than 32MB of RAM, 0 otherwise. + slub_debug[=options[,slabs]] [MM, SLUB] Enabling slub_debug allows one to determine the culprit if slab objects become corrupted. Enabling @@ -2419,7 +2440,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. slub_min_order= [MM, SLUB] - Determines the mininum page order for slabs. Must be + Determines the minimum page order for slabs. Must be lower than slub_max_order. For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. @@ -2465,6 +2486,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. stacktrace [FTRACE] Enabled the stack tracer on boot up. + stacktrace_filter=[function-list] + [FTRACE] Limit the functions that the stack tracer + will trace at boot up. function-list is a comma separated + list of functions. This list can be changed at run + time by the stack_trace_filter file in the debugfs + tracing directory. Note, this enables stack tracing + and the stacktrace above is not needed. + sti= [PARISC,HW] Format: <num> Set the STI (builtin display/keyboard on the HP-PARISC @@ -2577,7 +2606,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. threadirqs [KNL] Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those - marked explicitely IRQF_NO_THREAD. + marked explicitly IRQF_NO_THREAD. topology= [S390] Format: {off | on} diff --git a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt index 51063e681ca4..b6e39739a36d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kmemleak.txt +++ b/Documentation/kmemleak.txt @@ -127,7 +127,10 @@ See the include/linux/kmemleak.h header for the functions prototype. kmemleak_init - initialize kmemleak kmemleak_alloc - notify of a memory block allocation +kmemleak_alloc_percpu - notify of a percpu memory block allocation kmemleak_free - notify of a memory block freeing +kmemleak_free_part - notify of a partial memory block freeing +kmemleak_free_percpu - notify of a percpu memory block freeing kmemleak_not_leak - mark an object as not a leak kmemleak_ignore - do not scan or report an object as leak kmemleak_scan_area - add scan areas inside a memory block diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO index ab5189ae3428..2f48f205fedc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Andrew Morton에 의해 배포된 실험적인 커널 패치들이다. Andrew는 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git quilt trees: - - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@suse.de> + - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ - x86-64, partly i386, Andi Kleen < ak@suse.de> ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.txt b/Documentation/kobject.txt index 3ab2472509cb..49578cf1aea5 100644 --- a/Documentation/kobject.txt +++ b/Documentation/kobject.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Everything you never wanted to know about kobjects, ksets, and ktypes -Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Based on an original article by Jon Corbet for lwn.net written October 1, 2003 and located at http://lwn.net/Articles/51437/ diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d2a36602ca8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +=============================================================== +Softlockup detector and hardlockup detector (aka nmi_watchdog) +=============================================================== + +The Linux kernel can act as a watchdog to detect both soft and hard +lockups. + +A 'softlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the kernel to loop in +kernel mode for more than 20 seconds (see "Implementation" below for +details), without giving other tasks a chance to run. The current +stack trace is displayed upon detection and, by default, the system +will stay locked up. Alternatively, the kernel can be configured to +panic; a sysctl, "kernel.softlockup_panic", a kernel parameter, +"softlockup_panic" (see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for +details), and a compile option, "BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", are +provided for this. + +A 'hardlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the CPU to loop in +kernel mode for more than 10 seconds (see "Implementation" below for +details), without letting other interrupts have a chance to run. +Similarly to the softlockup case, the current stack trace is displayed +upon detection and the system will stay locked up unless the default +behavior is changed, which can be done through a compile time knob, +"BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", and a kernel parameter, "nmi_watchdog" +(see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for details). + +The panic option can be used in combination with panic_timeout (this +timeout is set through the confusingly named "kernel.panic" sysctl), +to cause the system to reboot automatically after a specified amount +of time. + +=== Implementation === + +The soft and hard lockup detectors are built on top of the hrtimer and +perf subsystems, respectively. A direct consequence of this is that, +in principle, they should work in any architecture where these +subsystems are present. + +A periodic hrtimer runs to generate interrupts and kick the watchdog +task. An NMI perf event is generated every "watchdog_thresh" +(compile-time initialized to 10 and configurable through sysctl of the +same name) seconds to check for hardlockups. If any CPU in the system +does not receive any hrtimer interrupt during that time the +'hardlockup detector' (the handler for the NMI perf event) will +generate a kernel warning or call panic, depending on the +configuration. + +The watchdog task is a high priority kernel thread that updates a +timestamp every time it is scheduled. If that timestamp is not updated +for 2*watchdog_thresh seconds (the softlockup threshold) the +'softlockup detector' (coded inside the hrtimer callback function) +will dump useful debug information to the system log, after which it +will call panic if it was instructed to do so or resume execution of +other kernel code. + +The period of the hrtimer is 2*watchdog_thresh/5, which means it has +two or three chances to generate an interrupt before the hardlockup +detector kicks in. + +As explained above, a kernel knob is provided that allows +administrators to configure the period of the hrtimer and the perf +event. The right value for a particular environment is a trade-off +between fast response to lockups and detection overhead. diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt index abf481f780ec..82761a31d64d 100644 --- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h -FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c +FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt index 8898a95b41e5..22ae8441489f 100644 --- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt +++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt @@ -64,3 +64,13 @@ Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size: size specified by the card. "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. + +SD/MMC/SDIO Clock Gating Attribute +================================== + +Read and write access is provided to following attribute. +This attribute appears only if CONFIG_MMC_CLKGATE is enabled. + + clkgate_delay Tune the clock gating delay with desired value in milliseconds. + +echo <desired delay> > /sys/class/mmc_host/mmcX/clkgate_delay diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt index 2db28b8e662f..f08d078d43cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt +++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt @@ -25,3 +25,16 @@ echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro To re-enable read-only access: echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro + +The boot partitions can also be locked read only until the next power on, +with: + +echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/ro_lock_until_next_power_on + +This is a feature of the card and not of the kernel. If the card does +not support boot partition locking, the file will not exist. If the +feature has been disabled on the card, the file will be read-only. + +The boot partitions can also be locked permanently, but this feature is +not accessible through sysfs in order to avoid accidental or malicious +bricking. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge index 123b6edd7f18..ce64e4d15b21 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge +++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge @@ -1,46 +1,288 @@ -Copyright (c) 2003-2008 QLogic Corporation -QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver +Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation +QLogic Linux qlge NIC Driver -This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be -distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file. You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the -GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software -Foundation (version 2 or a later version). - -You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file -under the following terms: - - 1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable), - must retain the above copyright notice, this list of - conditions and the following disclaimer. - - 2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above - copyright notice, this list of conditions and the - following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - materials provided with the distribution. - - 3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to - endorse or promote products derived from this software - without specific prior written permission - -REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE, -THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A -PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR -BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, -EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED -TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON -ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT -CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR -OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT, -TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN -ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN -COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. +GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as +Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). + +EXHIBIT A + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt index 6e0d2a9613ec..f648eb265188 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of the various ForeThought software distributions. Notice that different versions of the PCA-200E firmware exist, depending -on the endianess of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with +on the endianness of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with both little and big endian PCA firmware images. Name and location of the new firmware images can be set at kernel diff --git a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt index e7bf3979facb..e63fc1f7bf87 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ When creating PPPoL2TP sockets, the application provides information to the driver about the socket in a socket connect() call. Source and destination tunnel and session ids are provided, as well as the file descriptor of a UDP socket. See struct pppol2tp_addr in -include/linux/if_ppp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are +include/linux/if_pppol2tp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are treated specially. When creating the per-tunnel PPPoL2TP management socket in Step 2 above, zero source and destination session ids are specified, which tells the driver to prepare the supplied UDP file diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0a2aa585ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# +# This outlines the Linux authentication/association and +# deauthentication/disassociation flows. +# +# This can be converted into a diagram using the service +# at http://www.websequencediagrams.com/ +# + +participant userspace +participant mac80211 +participant driver + +alt authentication needed (not FT) +userspace->mac80211: authenticate + +alt authenticated/authenticating already +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, not-exists) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID) +else associated +note over mac80211,driver +like deauth/disassoc, without sending the +BA session stop & deauth/disassoc frames +end note +end + +mac80211->driver: config(channel, non-HT) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) + +alt no probe request data known +mac80211->driver: TX directed probe request +driver->mac80211: RX probe response +end + +mac80211->driver: TX auth frame +driver->mac80211: RX auth frame + +alt WEP shared key auth +mac80211->driver: TX auth frame +driver->mac80211: RX auth frame +end + +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) +mac80211->userspace: RX auth frame + +end + +userspace->mac80211: associate +alt authenticated or associated +note over mac80211,driver: cleanup like for authenticate +end + +alt not previously authenticated (FT) +mac80211->driver: config(channel, non-HT) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) +end +mac80211->driver: TX assoc +driver->mac80211: RX assoc response +note over mac80211: init rate control +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, associated) + +alt not using WPA +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) +end + +mac80211->driver: set up QoS parameters + +alt is HT channel +mac80211->driver: config(channel, HT params) +end + +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(QoS, HT, associated with AID) +mac80211->userspace: associated + +note left of userspace: associated now + +alt using WPA +note over userspace +do 4-way-handshake +(data frames) +end note +userspace->mac80211: authorized +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) +end + +userspace->mac80211: deauthenticate/disassociate +mac80211->driver: stop BA sessions +mac80211->driver: TX deauth/disassoc +mac80211->driver: flush frames +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,associated) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,authenticated) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,exists) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,not-exists) +mac80211->driver: turn off powersave +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID, not associated, no QoS, ...) +mac80211->driver: config(non-HT channel type) +mac80211->userspace: disconnected diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt index 4b1c0dcef84c..4164f5c02e4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt @@ -152,3 +152,16 @@ NETIF_F_VLAN_CHALLENGED should be set for devices which can't cope with VLAN headers. Some drivers set this because the cards can't handle the bigger MTU. [FIXME: Those cases could be fixed in VLAN code by allowing only reduced-MTU VLANs. This may be not useful, though.] + +* rx-fcs + +This requests that the NIC append the Ethernet Frame Checksum (FCS) +to the end of the skb data. This allows sniffers and other tools to +read the CRC recorded by the NIC on receipt of the packet. + +* rx-all + +This requests that the NIC receive all possible frames, including errored +frames (such as bad FCS, etc). This can be helpful when sniffing a link with +bad packets on it. Some NICs may receive more packets if also put into normal +PROMISC mdoe. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index 9eb1ba52013d..95e5f5985a2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ The MDIO bus 5) The bus must also be declared somewhere as a device, and registered. As an example for how one driver implemented an mdio bus driver, see - drivers/net/gianfar_mii.c and arch/ppc/syslib/mpc85xx_devices.c + drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fsl_pq_mdio.c and an associated DTS file + for one of the users. (e.g. "git grep fsl,.*-mdio arch/powerpc/boot/dts/") Connecting to a PHY diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt index 15b5172fbb98..091d20273dcb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ an interface unit are: numbers on received multilink fragments SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ transmit short multilink sequence nos. - The values of these flags are defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>. Note + The values of these flags are defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>. Note that the values of the SC_MULTILINK, SC_MP_SHORTSEQ and SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ bits are ignored if the CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK option is not selected. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ an interface unit are: * PPPIOCSCOMPRESS sets the parameters for packet compression or decompression. The argument should point to a ppp_option_data - structure (defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>), which contains a + structure (defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>), which contains a pointer/length pair which should describe a block of memory containing a CCP option specifying a compression method and its parameters. The ppp_option_data struct also contains a `transmit' @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ an interface unit are: * PPPIOCSNPMODE sets the network-protocol mode for a given network protocol. The argument should point to an npioctl struct (defined - in <linux/if_ppp.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol + in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol number for the protocol to be affected, and the `mode' field specifies what to do with packets for that protocol: diff --git a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt b/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bf9f80a98282..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - -[NMI watchdog is available for x86 and x86-64 architectures] - -Is your system locking up unpredictably? No keyboard activity, just -a frustrating complete hard lockup? Do you want to help us debugging -such lockups? If all yes then this document is definitely for you. - -On many x86/x86-64 type hardware there is a feature that enables -us to generate 'watchdog NMI interrupts'. (NMI: Non Maskable Interrupt -which get executed even if the system is otherwise locked up hard). -This can be used to debug hard kernel lockups. By executing periodic -NMI interrupts, the kernel can monitor whether any CPU has locked up, -and print out debugging messages if so. - -In order to use the NMI watchdog, you need to have APIC support in your -kernel. For SMP kernels, APIC support gets compiled in automatically. For -UP, enable either CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC (Processor type and features -> Local -APIC support on uniprocessors) or CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC (Processor type and -features -> IO-APIC support on uniprocessors) in your kernel config. -CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC is for uniprocessor machines without an IO-APIC. -CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC is for uniprocessor with an IO-APIC. [Note: certain -kernel debugging options, such as Kernel Stack Meter or Kernel Tracer, -may implicitly disable the NMI watchdog.] - -For x86-64, the needed APIC is always compiled in. - -Using local APIC (nmi_watchdog=2) needs the first performance register, so -you can't use it for other purposes (such as high precision performance -profiling.) However, at least oprofile and the perfctr driver disable the -local APIC NMI watchdog automatically. - -To actually enable the NMI watchdog, use the 'nmi_watchdog=N' boot -parameter. Eg. the relevant lilo.conf entry: - - append="nmi_watchdog=1" - -For SMP machines and UP machines with an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=1. -For UP machines without an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=2, this only works -for some processor types. If in doubt, boot with nmi_watchdog=1 and -check the NMI count in /proc/interrupts; if the count is zero then -reboot with nmi_watchdog=2 and check the NMI count. If it is still -zero then log a problem, you probably have a processor that needs to be -added to the nmi code. - -A 'lockup' is the following scenario: if any CPU in the system does not -execute the period local timer interrupt for more than 5 seconds, then -the NMI handler generates an oops and kills the process. This -'controlled crash' (and the resulting kernel messages) can be used to -debug the lockup. Thus whenever the lockup happens, wait 5 seconds and -the oops will show up automatically. If the kernel produces no messages -then the system has crashed so hard (eg. hardware-wise) that either it -cannot even accept NMI interrupts, or the crash has made the kernel -unable to print messages. - -Be aware that when using local APIC, the frequency of NMI interrupts -it generates, depends on the system load. The local APIC NMI watchdog, -lacking a better source, uses the "cycles unhalted" event. As you may -guess it doesn't tick when the CPU is in the halted state (which happens -when the system is idle), but if your system locks up on anything but the -"hlt" processor instruction, the watchdog will trigger very soon as the -"cycles unhalted" event will happen every clock tick. If it locks up on -"hlt", then you are out of luck -- the event will not happen at all and the -watchdog won't trigger. This is a shortcoming of the local APIC watchdog --- unfortunately there is no "clock ticks" event that would work all the -time. The I/O APIC watchdog is driven externally and has no such shortcoming. -But its NMI frequency is much higher, resulting in a more significant hit -to the overall system performance. - -On x86 nmi_watchdog is disabled by default so you have to enable it with -a boot time parameter. - -It's possible to disable the NMI watchdog in run-time by writing "0" to -/proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog. Writing "1" to the same file will re-enable -the NMI watchdog. Notice that you still need to use "nmi_watchdog=" parameter -at boot time. - -NOTE: In kernels prior to 2.4.2-ac18 the NMI-oopser is enabled unconditionally -on x86 SMP boxes. - -[ feel free to send bug reports, suggestions and patches to - Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> or the Linux SMP mailing - list at <linux-smp@vger.kernel.org> ] - diff --git a/Documentation/numastat.txt b/Documentation/numastat.txt index 9fcc9a608dc0..520327790d54 100644 --- a/Documentation/numastat.txt +++ b/Documentation/numastat.txt @@ -5,18 +5,23 @@ Numa policy hit/miss statistics All units are pages. Hugepages have separate counters. -numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, - and succeeded. -numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, - but ended up with memory from this node. -numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, - but ended up with memory from another one. -local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. -other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. -interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node - and succeeded. +numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, + and succeeded. + +numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, + but ended up with memory from this node. + +numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, + but ended up with memory from another one. + +local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. + +other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. + +interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node + and succeeded. For easier reading you can use the numastat utility from the numactl package -(ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/ak/numa/numactl*). Note that it only works +(http://oss.sgi.com/projects/libnuma/). Note that it only works well right now on machines with a small number of CPUs. diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt index 6727b92bc2fb..150fd3833d0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt @@ -857,42 +857,41 @@ case), we define a mapping like this: ... { - .name "2bit" + .name = "2bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { - .name "4bit" + .name = "4bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { - .name "4bit" + .name = "4bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_2_grp", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { - .name "8bit" + .name = "8bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", - .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { - .name "8bit" + .name = "8bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_2_grp", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { - .name "8bit" + .name = "8bit" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_3_grp", @@ -995,7 +994,7 @@ This is enabled by simply setting the .hog_on_boot field in the map to true, like this: { - .name "POWERMAP" + .name = "POWERMAP" .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "power_func", .hog_on_boot = true, @@ -1025,7 +1024,7 @@ it, disables and releases it, and muxes it in on the pins defined by group B: foo_switch() { - struct pinmux pmx; + struct pinmux *pmx; /* Enable on position A */ pmx = pinmux_get(&device, "spi0-pos-A"); diff --git a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt index 40a4c65f380a..262acf56fa79 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ test at least a couple of times in a row for confidence. [This is necessary, because some problems only show up on a second attempt at suspending and resuming the system.] Moreover, hibernating in the "reboot" and "shutdown" modes causes the PM core to skip some platform-related callbacks which on ACPI -systems might be necessary to make hibernation work. Thus, if you machine fails +systems might be necessary to make hibernation work. Thus, if your machine fails to hibernate or resume in the "reboot" mode, you should try the "platform" mode: # echo platform > /sys/power/disk diff --git a/Documentation/power/charger-manager.txt b/Documentation/power/charger-manager.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fdcca991df30 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/power/charger-manager.txt @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +Charger Manager + (C) 2011 MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>, GPL + +Charger Manager provides in-kernel battery charger management that +requires temperature monitoring during suspend-to-RAM state +and where each battery may have multiple chargers attached and the userland +wants to look at the aggregated information of the multiple chargers. + +Charger Manager is a platform_driver with power-supply-class entries. +An instance of Charger Manager (a platform-device created with Charger-Manager) +represents an independent battery with chargers. If there are multiple +batteries with their own chargers acting independently in a system, +the system may need multiple instances of Charger Manager. + +1. Introduction +=============== + +Charger Manager supports the following: + +* Support for multiple chargers (e.g., a device with USB, AC, and solar panels) + A system may have multiple chargers (or power sources) and some of + they may be activated at the same time. Each charger may have its + own power-supply-class and each power-supply-class can provide + different information about the battery status. This framework + aggregates charger-related information from multiple sources and + shows combined information as a single power-supply-class. + +* Support for in suspend-to-RAM polling (with suspend_again callback) + While the battery is being charged and the system is in suspend-to-RAM, + we may need to monitor the battery health by looking at the ambient or + battery temperature. We can accomplish this by waking up the system + periodically. However, such a method wakes up devices unncessary for + monitoring the battery health and tasks, and user processes that are + supposed to be kept suspended. That, in turn, incurs unnecessary power + consumption and slow down charging process. Or even, such peak power + consumption can stop chargers in the middle of charging + (external power input < device power consumption), which not + only affects the charging time, but the lifespan of the battery. + + Charger Manager provides a function "cm_suspend_again" that can be + used as suspend_again callback of platform_suspend_ops. If the platform + requires tasks other than cm_suspend_again, it may implement its own + suspend_again callback that calls cm_suspend_again in the middle. + Normally, the platform will need to resume and suspend some devices + that are used by Charger Manager. + +2. Global Charger-Manager Data related with suspend_again +======================================================== +In order to setup Charger Manager with suspend-again feature +(in-suspend monitoring), the user should provide charger_global_desc +with setup_charger_manager(struct charger_global_desc *). +This charger_global_desc data for in-suspend monitoring is global +as the name suggests. Thus, the user needs to provide only once even +if there are multiple batteries. If there are multiple batteries, the +multiple instances of Charger Manager share the same charger_global_desc +and it will manage in-suspend monitoring for all instances of Charger Manager. + +The user needs to provide all the two entries properly in order to activate +in-suspend monitoring: + +struct charger_global_desc { + +char *rtc_name; + : The name of rtc (e.g., "rtc0") used to wakeup the system from + suspend for Charger Manager. The alarm interrupt (AIE) of the rtc + should be able to wake up the system from suspend. Charger Manager + saves and restores the alarm value and use the previously-defined + alarm if it is going to go off earlier than Charger Manager so that + Charger Manager does not interfere with previously-defined alarms. + +bool (*rtc_only_wakeup)(void); + : This callback should let CM know whether + the wakeup-from-suspend is caused only by the alarm of "rtc" in the + same struct. If there is any other wakeup source triggered the + wakeup, it should return false. If the "rtc" is the only wakeup + reason, it should return true. +}; + +3. How to setup suspend_again +============================= +Charger Manager provides a function "extern bool cm_suspend_again(void)". +When cm_suspend_again is called, it monitors every battery. The suspend_ops +callback of the system's platform_suspend_ops can call cm_suspend_again +function to know whether Charger Manager wants to suspend again or not. +If there are no other devices or tasks that want to use suspend_again +feature, the platform_suspend_ops may directly refer to cm_suspend_again +for its suspend_again callback. + +The cm_suspend_again() returns true (meaning "I want to suspend again") +if the system was woken up by Charger Manager and the polling +(in-suspend monitoring) results in "normal". + +4. Charger-Manager Data (struct charger_desc) +============================================= +For each battery charged independently from other batteries (if a series of +batteries are charged by a single charger, they are counted as one independent +battery), an instance of Charger Manager is attached to it. + +struct charger_desc { + +char *psy_name; + : The power-supply-class name of the battery. Default is + "battery" if psy_name is NULL. Users can access the psy entries + at "/sys/class/power_supply/[psy_name]/". + +enum polling_modes polling_mode; + : CM_POLL_DISABLE: do not poll this battery. + CM_POLL_ALWAYS: always poll this battery. + CM_POLL_EXTERNAL_POWER_ONLY: poll this battery if and only if + an external power source is attached. + CM_POLL_CHARGING_ONLY: poll this battery if and only if the + battery is being charged. + +unsigned int fullbatt_uV; + : If specified with a non-zero value, Charger Manager assumes + that the battery is full (capacity = 100) if the battery is not being + charged and the battery voltage is equal to or greater than + fullbatt_uV. + +unsigned int polling_interval_ms; + : Required polling interval in ms. Charger Manager will poll + this battery every polling_interval_ms or more frequently. + +enum data_source battery_present; + CM_FUEL_GAUGE: get battery presence information from fuel gauge. + CM_CHARGER_STAT: get battery presence from chargers. + +char **psy_charger_stat; + : An array ending with NULL that has power-supply-class names of + chargers. Each power-supply-class should provide "PRESENT" (if + battery_present is "CM_CHARGER_STAT"), "ONLINE" (shows whether an + external power source is attached or not), and "STATUS" (shows whether + the battery is {"FULL" or not FULL} or {"FULL", "Charging", + "Discharging", "NotCharging"}). + +int num_charger_regulators; +struct regulator_bulk_data *charger_regulators; + : Regulators representing the chargers in the form for + regulator framework's bulk functions. + +char *psy_fuel_gauge; + : Power-supply-class name of the fuel gauge. + +int (*temperature_out_of_range)(int *mC); +bool measure_battery_temp; + : This callback returns 0 if the temperature is safe for charging, + a positive number if it is too hot to charge, and a negative number + if it is too cold to charge. With the variable mC, the callback returns + the temperature in 1/1000 of centigrade. + The source of temperature can be battery or ambient one according to + the value of measure_battery_temp. +}; + +5. Other Considerations +======================= + +At the charger/battery-related events such as battery-pulled-out, +charger-pulled-out, charger-inserted, DCIN-over/under-voltage, charger-stopped, +and others critical to chargers, the system should be configured to wake up. +At least the following should wake up the system from a suspend: +a) charger-on/off b) external-power-in/out c) battery-in/out (while charging) + +It is usually accomplished by configuring the PMIC as a wakeup source. diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt index 20af7def23c8..872815cd41d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt @@ -96,6 +96,12 @@ struct dev_pm_ops { int (*thaw)(struct device *dev); int (*poweroff)(struct device *dev); int (*restore)(struct device *dev); + int (*suspend_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*resume_early)(struct device *dev); + int (*freeze_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*thaw_early)(struct device *dev); + int (*poweroff_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*restore_early)(struct device *dev); int (*suspend_noirq)(struct device *dev); int (*resume_noirq)(struct device *dev); int (*freeze_noirq)(struct device *dev); @@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ Entering System Suspend ----------------------- When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: - prepare, suspend, suspend_noirq. + prepare, suspend, suspend_late, suspend_noirq. 1. The prepare phase is meant to prevent races by preventing new devices from being registered; the PM core would never know that all the @@ -324,7 +330,12 @@ When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: appropriate low-power state, depending on the bus type the device is on, and they may enable wakeup events. - 3. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, + 3 For a number of devices it is convenient to split suspend into the + "quiesce device" and "save device state" phases, in which cases + suspend_late is meant to do the latter. It is always executed after + runtime power management has been disabled for all devices. + + 4. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, which means that the driver's interrupt handler will not be called while the callback method is running. The methods should save the values of the device's registers that weren't saved previously and finally put the @@ -359,7 +370,7 @@ Leaving System Suspend ---------------------- When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: - resume_noirq, resume, complete. + resume_noirq, resume_early, resume, complete. 1. The resume_noirq callback methods should perform any actions needed before the driver's interrupt handlers are invoked. This generally @@ -375,14 +386,18 @@ When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: device driver's ->pm.resume_noirq() method to perform device-specific actions. - 2. The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating + 2. The resume_early methods should prepare devices for the execution of + the resume methods. This generally involves undoing the actions of the + preceding suspend_late phase. + + 3 The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating state, so that it can perform normal I/O. This generally involves undoing the actions of the suspend phase. - 3. The complete phase uses only a bus callback. The method should undo the - actions of the prepare phase. Note, however, that new children may be - registered below the device as soon as the resume callbacks occur; it's - not necessary to wait until the complete phase. + 4. The complete phase should undo the actions of the prepare phase. Note, + however, that new children may be registered below the device as soon as + the resume callbacks occur; it's not necessary to wait until the + complete phase. At the end of these phases, drivers should be as functional as they were before suspending: I/O can be performed using DMA and IRQs, and the relevant clocks are @@ -429,8 +444,8 @@ an image of the system memory while everything is stable, reactivate all devices (thaw), write the image to permanent storage, and finally shut down the system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: - prepare, freeze, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw, complete, - prepare, poweroff, poweroff_noirq + prepare, freeze, freeze_late, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw_early, + thaw, complete, prepare, poweroff, poweroff_late, poweroff_noirq 1. The prepare phase is discussed in the "Entering System Suspend" section above. @@ -441,7 +456,11 @@ system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: save time it's best not to do so. Also, the device should not be prepared to generate wakeup events. - 3. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed + 3. The freeze_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase described + above, except that the device should not be put in a low-power state and + should not be allowed to generate wakeup events by it. + + 4. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed above, except again that the device should not be put in a low-power state and should not be allowed to generate wakeup events. @@ -449,15 +468,19 @@ At this point the system image is created. All devices should be inactive and the contents of memory should remain undisturbed while this happens, so that the image forms an atomic snapshot of the system state. - 4. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed + 5. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed above. The main difference is that its methods can assume the device is in the same state as at the end of the freeze_noirq phase. - 5. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its + 6. The thaw_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase described + above. Its methods should undo the actions of the preceding + freeze_late, if necessary. + + 7. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its methods should bring the device back to an operating state, so that it can be used for saving the image if necessary. - 6. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section + 8. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section above. At this point the system image is saved, and the devices then need to be @@ -465,16 +488,19 @@ prepared for the upcoming system shutdown. This is much like suspending them before putting the system into the standby or memory sleep state, and the phases are similar. - 7. The prepare phase is discussed above. + 9. The prepare phase is discussed above. + + 10. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. - 8. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. + 11. The poweroff_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase. - 9. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. + 12. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. -The poweroff and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially the same things -as the suspend and suspend_noirq callbacks. The only notable difference is that -they need not store the device register values, because the registers should -already have been stored during the freeze or freeze_noirq phases. +The poweroff, poweroff_late and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially +the same things as the suspend, suspend_late and suspend_noirq callbacks, +respectively. The only notable difference is that they need not store the +device register values, because the registers should already have been stored +during the freeze, freeze_late or freeze_noirq phases. Leaving Hibernation @@ -518,22 +544,25 @@ To achieve this, the image kernel must restore the devices' pre-hibernation functionality. The operation is much like waking up from the memory sleep state, although it involves different phases: - restore_noirq, restore, complete + restore_noirq, restore_early, restore, complete 1. The restore_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase. - 2. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. + 2. The restore_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase. + + 3. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. - 3. The complete phase is discussed above. + 4. The complete phase is discussed above. -The main difference from resume[_noirq] is that restore[_noirq] must assume the -device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or the boot kernel. -Consequently the state of the device may be different from the state remembered -from the freeze and freeze_noirq phases. The device may even need to be reset -and completely re-initialized. In many cases this difference doesn't matter, so -the resume[_noirq] and restore[_norq] method pointers can be set to the same -routines. Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a -situation where it actually matters. +The main difference from resume[_early|_noirq] is that restore[_early|_noirq] +must assume the device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or +the boot kernel. Consequently the state of the device may be different from the +state remembered from the freeze, freeze_late and freeze_noirq phases. The +device may even need to be reset and completely re-initialized. In many cases +this difference doesn't matter, so the resume[_early|_noirq] and +restore[_early|_norq] method pointers can be set to the same routines. +Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a situation +where it actually does matter. Device Power Management Domains diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt index 6ccb68f68da6..ec715cd78fbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt @@ -63,6 +63,27 @@ devices have been reinitialized, the function thaw_processes() is called in order to clear the PF_FROZEN flag for each frozen task. Then, the tasks that have been frozen leave __refrigerator() and continue running. + +Rationale behind the functions dealing with freezing and thawing of tasks: +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +freeze_processes(): + - freezes only userspace tasks + +freeze_kernel_threads(): + - freezes all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't freeze + kernel threads without freezing userspace tasks + +thaw_kernel_threads(): + - thaws only kernel threads; this is particularly useful if we need to do + anything special in between thawing of kernel threads and thawing of + userspace tasks, or if we want to postpone the thawing of userspace tasks + +thaw_processes(): + - thaws all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't thaw userspace + tasks without thawing kernel threads + + III. Which kernel threads are freezable? Kernel threads are not freezable by default. However, a kernel thread may clear @@ -120,10 +141,10 @@ So in practice, the 'at all' may become a 'why freeze kernel threads?' and freezing user threads I don't find really objectionable." Still, there are kernel threads that may want to be freezable. For example, if -a kernel that belongs to a device driver accesses the device directly, it in -principle needs to know when the device is suspended, so that it doesn't try to -access it at that time. However, if the kernel thread is freezable, it will be -frozen before the driver's .suspend() callback is executed and it will be +a kernel thread that belongs to a device driver accesses the device directly, it +in principle needs to know when the device is suspended, so that it doesn't try +to access it at that time. However, if the kernel thread is freezable, it will +be frozen before the driver's .suspend() callback is executed and it will be thawed after the driver's .resume() callback has run, so it won't be accessing the device while it's suspended. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt index 1cd5d51bc761..8259b34a66ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ First field is a sched_yield() statistic: 1) # of times sched_yield() was called Next three are schedule() statistics: - 2) # of times we switched to the expired queue and reused it + 2) This field is a legacy array expiration count field used in the O(1) + scheduler. We kept it for ABI compatibility, but it is always set to zero. 3) # of times schedule() was called 4) # of times schedule() left the processor idle diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc index c56ec99d7b2f..2f6d595f95e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ Changes from 20040319 to 20040326 * lpfc_els_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. * Further cleanup of #ifdef powerpc * lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. - * Replace common driver's own defines for endianess w/ Linux's + * Replace common driver's own defines for endianness w/ Linux's __BIG_ENDIAN etc. * Added #ifdef IPFC for all IPFC specific code. * lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun() now uses system timer. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas index 64adb98b181c..83f8ea8b79eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas @@ -1,3 +1,13 @@ +Release Date : Fri. Jan 6, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.06.14-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.12-rc1 + 1. Fix reglockFlags for degraded raid5/6 for MR 9360/9380. + 2. Mask off flags in ioctl path to prevent memory scribble with older + MegaCLI versions. + 3. Remove poll_mode_io module paramater, sysfs node, and associated code. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Date : Wed. Oct 5, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) Adam Radford @@ -500,7 +510,7 @@ i. Support for 1078 type (ppc IOP) controller, device id : 0x60 added. 3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer - "Ths patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the + "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx index 494980e40491..ab899591ecb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx @@ -1,32 +1,11 @@ Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation -QLogic Linux iSCSI HBA Driver +QLogic Linux iSCSI Driver This program includes a device driver for Linux 3.x. You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). -REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE, -THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A -PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR -BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, -EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED -TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON -ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT -CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR -OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT, -TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN -ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN -COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. - EXHIBIT A diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt index 0a22ab8ea0c1..51be20a6a14d 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ There are two packages of sg utilities: and earlier Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and -freshmeat.net +freecode.com Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt index 61c0531e044a..3303d218b32e 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ So take at least the following measures: ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram -DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millenium. But the Am53C974 +DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millennium. But the Am53C974 produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index e9dab41c0fe0..d2f72ae66432 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt @@ -536,6 +536,6 @@ writing a single character to the /smack/logging file : 3 : log denied & accepted Events are logged as 'key=value' pairs, for each event you at least will get -the subjet, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function +the subject, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function that triggered the event, plus other pairs depending on the type of event audited. diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt index c9e4855ed3d7..e105ae97a4f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Trusted and Encrypted Keys Trusted and Encrypted Keys are two new key types added to the existing kernel -key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetic keys, +key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetric keys, and in both cases all keys are created in the kernel, and user space sees, stores, and loads only encrypted blobs. Trusted Keys require the availability of a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip for greater security, while Encrypted diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index 4d75931d2d79..fcbe7a703405 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the - invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfil the request. + invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfill the request. The process must have write access on the key to be able to instantiate it, and the key must be uninstantiated. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 936699e4f04b..12e3a0fb9bec 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. Module supports autoprobe a chip. - Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianess. + Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianness. The power-management is supported. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt index edad99abec21..c8c54544abc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt @@ -42,19 +42,7 @@ ALC260 ALC262 ====== - fujitsu Fujitsu Laptop - benq Benq ED8 - benq-t31 Benq T31 - hippo Hippo (ATI) with jack detection, Sony UX-90s - hippo_1 Hippo (Benq) with jack detection - toshiba-s06 Toshiba S06 - toshiba-rx1 Toshiba RX1 - tyan Tyan Thunder n6650W (S2915-E) - ultra Samsung Q1 Ultra Vista model - lenovo-3000 Lenovo 3000 y410 - nec NEC Versa S9100 - basic fixed pin assignment w/o SPDIF - auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) + N/A ALC267/268 ========== @@ -350,7 +338,6 @@ STAC92HD83* mic-ref Reference board with power management for ports dell-s14 Dell laptop dell-vostro-3500 Dell Vostro 3500 laptop - hp HP laptops with (inverted) mute-LED hp-dv7-4000 HP dv-7 4000 auto BIOS setup (default) diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c83a835350f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ + compress_offload.txt + ===================== + Pierre-Louis.Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com> + +Overview + +Since its early days, the ALSA API was defined with PCM support or +constant bitrates payloads such as IEC61937 in mind. Arguments and +returned values in frames are the norm, making it a challenge to +extend the existing API to compressed data streams. + +In recent years, audio digital signal processors (DSP) were integrated +in system-on-chip designs, and DSPs are also integrated in audio +codecs. Processing compressed data on such DSPs results in a dramatic +reduction of power consumption compared to host-based +processing. Support for such hardware has not been very good in Linux, +mostly because of a lack of a generic API available in the mainline +kernel. + +Rather than requiring a compability break with an API change of the +ALSA PCM interface, a new 'Compressed Data' API is introduced to +provide a control and data-streaming interface for audio DSPs. + +The design of this API was inspired by the 2-year experience with the +Intel Moorestown SOC, with many corrections required to upstream the +API in the mainline kernel instead of the staging tree and make it +usable by others. + +Requirements + +The main requirements are: + +- separation between byte counts and time. Compressed formats may have + a header per file, per frame, or no header at all. The payload size + may vary from frame-to-frame. As a result, it is not possible to + estimate reliably the duration of audio buffers when handling + compressed data. Dedicated mechanisms are required to allow for + reliable audio-video synchronization, which requires precise + reporting of the number of samples rendered at any given time. + +- Handling of multiple formats. PCM data only requires a specification + of the sampling rate, number of channels and bits per sample. In + contrast, compressed data comes in a variety of formats. Audio DSPs + may also provide support for a limited number of audio encoders and + decoders embedded in firmware, or may support more choices through + dynamic download of libraries. + +- Focus on main formats. This API provides support for the most + popular formats used for audio and video capture and playback. It is + likely that as audio compression technology advances, new formats + will be added. + +- Handling of multiple configurations. Even for a given format like + AAC, some implementations may support AAC multichannel but HE-AAC + stereo. Likewise WMA10 level M3 may require too much memory and cpu + cycles. The new API needs to provide a generic way of listing these + formats. + +- Rendering/Grabbing only. This API does not provide any means of + hardware acceleration, where PCM samples are provided back to + user-space for additional processing. This API focuses instead on + streaming compressed data to a DSP, with the assumption that the + decoded samples are routed to a physical output or logical back-end. + + - Complexity hiding. Existing user-space multimedia frameworks all + have existing enums/structures for each compressed format. This new + API assumes the existence of a platform-specific compatibility layer + to expose, translate and make use of the capabilities of the audio + DSP, eg. Android HAL or PulseAudio sinks. By construction, regular + applications are not supposed to make use of this API. + + +Design + +The new API shares a number of concepts with with the PCM API for flow +control. Start, pause, resume, drain and stop commands have the same +semantics no matter what the content is. + +The concept of memory ring buffer divided in a set of fragments is +borrowed from the ALSA PCM API. However, only sizes in bytes can be +specified. + +Seeks/trick modes are assumed to be handled by the host. + +The notion of rewinds/forwards is not supported. Data committed to the +ring buffer cannot be invalidated, except when dropping all buffers. + +The Compressed Data API does not make any assumptions on how the data +is transmitted to the audio DSP. DMA transfers from main memory to an +embedded audio cluster or to a SPI interface for external DSPs are +possible. As in the ALSA PCM case, a core set of routines is exposed; +each driver implementer will have to write support for a set of +mandatory routines and possibly make use of optional ones. + +The main additions are + +- get_caps +This routine returns the list of audio formats supported. Querying the +codecs on a capture stream will return encoders, decoders will be +listed for playback streams. + +- get_codec_caps For each codec, this routine returns a list of +capabilities. The intent is to make sure all the capabilities +correspond to valid settings, and to minimize the risks of +configuration failures. For example, for a complex codec such as AAC, +the number of channels supported may depend on a specific profile. If +the capabilities were exposed with a single descriptor, it may happen +that a specific combination of profiles/channels/formats may not be +supported. Likewise, embedded DSPs have limited memory and cpu cycles, +it is likely that some implementations make the list of capabilities +dynamic and dependent on existing workloads. In addition to codec +settings, this routine returns the minimum buffer size handled by the +implementation. This information can be a function of the DMA buffer +sizes, the number of bytes required to synchronize, etc, and can be +used by userspace to define how much needs to be written in the ring +buffer before playback can start. + +- set_params +This routine sets the configuration chosen for a specific codec. The +most important field in the parameters is the codec type; in most +cases decoders will ignore other fields, while encoders will strictly +comply to the settings + +- get_params +This routines returns the actual settings used by the DSP. Changes to +the settings should remain the exception. + +- get_timestamp +The timestamp becomes a multiple field structure. It lists the number +of bytes transferred, the number of samples processed and the number +of samples rendered/grabbed. All these values can be used to determine +the avarage bitrate, figure out if the ring buffer needs to be +refilled or the delay due to decoding/encoding/io on the DSP. + +Note that the list of codecs/profiles/modes was derived from the +OpenMAX AL specification instead of reinventing the wheel. +Modifications include: +- Addition of FLAC and IEC formats +- Merge of encoder/decoder capabilities +- Profiles/modes listed as bitmasks to make descriptors more compact +- Addition of set_params for decoders (missing in OpenMAX AL) +- Addition of AMR/AMR-WB encoding modes (missing in OpenMAX AL) +- Addition of format information for WMA +- Addition of encoding options when required (derived from OpenMAX IL) +- Addition of rateControlSupported (missing in OpenMAX AL) + +Not supported: + +- Support for VoIP/circuit-switched calls is not the target of this + API. Support for dynamic bit-rate changes would require a tight + coupling between the DSP and the host stack, limiting power savings. + +- Packet-loss concealment is not supported. This would require an + additional interface to let the decoder synthesize data when frames + are lost during transmission. This may be added in the future. + +- Volume control/routing is not handled by this API. Devices exposing a + compressed data interface will be considered as regular ALSA devices; + volume changes and routing information will be provided with regular + ALSA kcontrols. + +- Embedded audio effects. Such effects should be enabled in the same + manner, no matter if the input was PCM or compressed. + +- multichannel IEC encoding. Unclear if this is required. + +- Encoding/decoding acceleration is not supported as mentioned + above. It is possible to route the output of a decoder to a capture + stream, or even implement transcoding capabilities. This routing + would be enabled with ALSA kcontrols. + +- Audio policy/resource management. This API does not provide any + hooks to query the utilization of the audio DSP, nor any premption + mechanisms. + +- No notion of underun/overrun. Since the bytes written are compressed + in nature and data written/read doesn't translate directly to + rendered output in time, this does not deal with underrun/overun and + maybe dealt in user-library + +Credits: +- Mark Brown and Liam Girdwood for discussions on the need for this API +- Harsha Priya for her work on intel_sst compressed API +- Rakesh Ughreja for valuable feedback +- Sing Nallasellan, Sikkandar Madar and Prasanna Samaga for + demonstrating and quantifying the benefits of audio offload on a + real platform. diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index 4884cb33845d..7312ec14dd89 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Overview of Linux kernel SPI support ==================================== -21-May-2007 +02-Feb-2012 What is SPI? ------------ @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ also initialize its own internal state. (See below about bus numbering and those methods.) After you initialize the spi_master, then use spi_register_master() to -publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for -the controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, -and the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. +publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for the +controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, and +the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. If you need to remove your SPI controller driver, spi_unregister_master() will reverse the effect of spi_register_master(). @@ -521,21 +521,53 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS ** When you code setup(), ASSUME that the controller ** is actively processing transfers for another device. - master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) - This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the - transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two - will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and - if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. - master->cleanup(struct spi_device *spi) Your controller driver may use spi_device.controller_state to hold state it dynamically associates with that device. If you do that, be sure to provide the cleanup() method to free that state. + master->prepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) + This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver + that a message is coming in soon, so the subsystem requests the + driver to prepare the transfer hardware by issuing this call. + This may sleep. + + master->unprepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) + This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver + that there are no more messages pending in the queue and it may + relax the hardware (e.g. by power management calls). This may sleep. + + master->transfer_one_message(struct spi_master *master, + struct spi_message *mesg) + The subsystem calls the driver to transfer a single message while + queuing transfers that arrive in the meantime. When the driver is + finished with this message, it must call + spi_finalize_current_message() so the subsystem can issue the next + transfer. This may sleep. + + DEPRECATED METHODS + + master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) + This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the + transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two + will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and + if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. This + method is not used on queued controllers and must be NULL if + transfer_one_message() and (un)prepare_transfer_hardware() are + implemented. + SPI MESSAGE QUEUE -The bulk of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by transfer(). +If you are happy with the standard queueing mechanism provided by the +SPI subsystem, just implement the queued methods specified above. Using +the message queue has the upside of centralizing a lot of code and +providing pure process-context execution of methods. The message queue +can also be elevated to realtime priority on high-priority SPI traffic. + +Unless the queueing mechanism in the SPI subsystem is selected, the bulk +of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by the now deprecated +function transfer(). That queue could be purely conceptual. For example, a driver used only for low-frequency sensor access might be fine using synchronous PIO. @@ -561,4 +593,6 @@ Stephen Street Mark Underwood Andrew Victor Vitaly Wool - +Grant Likely +Mark Brown +Linus Walleij diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index 21fd05c28e73..f0ab5cf28fca 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ Procedure for submitting patches to the -stable tree: - Send the patch, after verifying that it follows the above rules, to stable@vger.kernel.org. You must note the upstream commit ID in the - changelog of your submission. + changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish + it to be applied to. - To have the patch automatically included in the stable tree, add the tag Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org in the sign-off area. Once the patch is merged it will be applied to diff --git a/Documentation/static-keys.txt b/Documentation/static-keys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d93f3c00f245 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/static-keys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ + Static Keys + ----------- + +By: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> + +0) Abstract + +Static keys allows the inclusion of seldom used features in +performance-sensitive fast-path kernel code, via a GCC feature and a code +patching technique. A quick example: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; + + ... + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + do unlikely code + else + do likely code + + ... + static_key_slow_inc(); + ... + static_key_slow_inc(); + ... + +The static_key_false() branch will be generated into the code with as little +impact to the likely code path as possible. + + +1) Motivation + + +Currently, tracepoints are implemented using a conditional branch. The +conditional check requires checking a global variable for each tracepoint. +Although the overhead of this check is small, it increases when the memory +cache comes under pressure (memory cache lines for these global variables may +be shared with other memory accesses). As we increase the number of tracepoints +in the kernel this overhead may become more of an issue. In addition, +tracepoints are often dormant (disabled) and provide no direct kernel +functionality. Thus, it is highly desirable to reduce their impact as much as +possible. Although tracepoints are the original motivation for this work, other +kernel code paths should be able to make use of the static keys facility. + + +2) Solution + + +gcc (v4.5) adds a new 'asm goto' statement that allows branching to a label: + +http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2009-07/msg01556.html + +Using the 'asm goto', we can create branches that are either taken or not taken +by default, without the need to check memory. Then, at run-time, we can patch +the branch site to change the branch direction. + +For example, if we have a simple branch that is disabled by default: + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + printk("I am the true branch\n"); + +Thus, by default the 'printk' will not be emitted. And the code generated will +consist of a single atomic 'no-op' instruction (5 bytes on x86), in the +straight-line code path. When the branch is 'flipped', we will patch the +'no-op' in the straight-line codepath with a 'jump' instruction to the +out-of-line true branch. Thus, changing branch direction is expensive but +branch selection is basically 'free'. That is the basic tradeoff of this +optimization. + +This lowlevel patching mechanism is called 'jump label patching', and it gives +the basis for the static keys facility. + +3) Static key label API, usage and examples: + + +In order to make use of this optimization you must first define a key: + + struct static_key key; + +Which is initialized as: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; + +or: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; + +If the key is not initialized, it is default false. The 'struct static_key', +must be a 'global'. That is, it can't be allocated on the stack or dynamically +allocated at run-time. + +The key is then used in code as: + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + do unlikely code + else + do likely code + +Or: + + if (static_key_true(&key)) + do likely code + else + do unlikely code + +A key that is initialized via 'STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE', must be used in a +'static_key_false()' construct. Likewise, a key initialized via +'STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE' must be used in a 'static_key_true()' construct. A +single key can be used in many branches, but all the branches must match the +way that the key has been initialized. + +The branch(es) can then be switched via: + + static_key_slow_inc(&key); + ... + static_key_slow_dec(&key); + +Thus, 'static_key_slow_inc()' means 'make the branch true', and +'static_key_slow_dec()' means 'make the the branch false' with appropriate +reference counting. For example, if the key is initialized true, a +static_key_slow_dec(), will switch the branch to false. And a subsequent +static_key_slow_inc(), will change the branch back to true. Likewise, if the +key is initialized false, a 'static_key_slow_inc()', will change the branch to +true. And then a 'static_key_slow_dec()', will again make the branch false. + +An example usage in the kernel is the implementation of tracepoints: + + static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ + { \ + if (static_key_false(&__tracepoint_##name.key)) \ + __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ + TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ + TP_ARGS(data_args), \ + TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ + } + +Tracepoints are disabled by default, and can be placed in performance critical +pieces of the kernel. Thus, by using a static key, the tracepoints can have +absolutely minimal impact when not in use. + + +4) Architecture level code patching interface, 'jump labels' + + +There are a few functions and macros that architectures must implement in order +to take advantage of this optimization. If there is no architecture support, we +simply fall back to a traditional, load, test, and jump sequence. + +* select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL, see: arch/x86/Kconfig + +* #define JUMP_LABEL_NOP_SIZE, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + +* __always_inline bool arch_static_branch(struct static_key *key), see: + arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + +* void arch_jump_label_transform(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), + see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c + +* __init_or_module void arch_jump_label_transform_static(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), + see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c + + +* struct jump_entry, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + + +5) Static keys / jump label analysis, results (x86_64): + + +As an example, let's add the following branch to 'getppid()', such that the +system call now looks like: + +SYSCALL_DEFINE0(getppid) +{ + int pid; + ++ if (static_key_false(&key)) ++ printk("I am the true branch\n"); + + rcu_read_lock(); + pid = task_tgid_vnr(rcu_dereference(current->real_parent)); + rcu_read_unlock(); + + return pid; +} + +The resulting instructions with jump labels generated by GCC is: + +ffffffff81044290 <sys_getppid>: +ffffffff81044290: 55 push %rbp +ffffffff81044291: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp +ffffffff81044294: e9 00 00 00 00 jmpq ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> +ffffffff81044299: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax +ffffffff810442a0: 00 00 +ffffffff810442a2: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax +ffffffff810442a9: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax +ffffffff810442b0: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi +ffffffff810442b7: e8 f4 d9 00 00 callq ffffffff81051cb0 <pid_vnr> +ffffffff810442bc: 5d pop %rbp +ffffffff810442bd: 48 98 cltq +ffffffff810442bf: c3 retq +ffffffff810442c0: 48 c7 c7 e3 54 98 81 mov $0xffffffff819854e3,%rdi +ffffffff810442c7: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax +ffffffff810442c9: e8 71 13 6d 00 callq ffffffff8171563f <printk> +ffffffff810442ce: eb c9 jmp ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> + +Without the jump label optimization it looks like: + +ffffffff810441f0 <sys_getppid>: +ffffffff810441f0: 8b 05 8a 52 d8 00 mov 0xd8528a(%rip),%eax # ffffffff81dc9480 <key> +ffffffff810441f6: 55 push %rbp +ffffffff810441f7: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp +ffffffff810441fa: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax +ffffffff810441fc: 75 27 jne ffffffff81044225 <sys_getppid+0x35> +ffffffff810441fe: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax +ffffffff81044205: 00 00 +ffffffff81044207: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax +ffffffff8104420e: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax +ffffffff81044215: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi +ffffffff8104421c: e8 2f da 00 00 callq ffffffff81051c50 <pid_vnr> +ffffffff81044221: 5d pop %rbp +ffffffff81044222: 48 98 cltq +ffffffff81044224: c3 retq +ffffffff81044225: 48 c7 c7 13 53 98 81 mov $0xffffffff81985313,%rdi +ffffffff8104422c: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax +ffffffff8104422e: e8 60 0f 6d 00 callq ffffffff81715193 <printk> +ffffffff81044233: eb c9 jmp ffffffff810441fe <sys_getppid+0xe> +ffffffff81044235: 66 66 2e 0f 1f 84 00 data32 nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) +ffffffff8104423c: 00 00 00 00 + +Thus, the disable jump label case adds a 'mov', 'test' and 'jne' instruction +vs. the jump label case just has a 'no-op' or 'jmp 0'. (The jmp 0, is patched +to a 5 byte atomic no-op instruction at boot-time.) Thus, the disabled jump +label case adds: + +6 (mov) + 2 (test) + 2 (jne) = 10 - 5 (5 byte jump 0) = 5 addition bytes. + +If we then include the padding bytes, the jump label code saves, 16 total bytes +of instruction memory for this small fucntion. In this case the non-jump label +function is 80 bytes long. Thus, we have have saved 20% of the instruction +footprint. We can in fact improve this even further, since the 5-byte no-op +really can be a 2-byte no-op since we can reach the branch with a 2-byte jmp. +However, we have not yet implemented optimal no-op sizes (they are currently +hard-coded). + +Since there are a number of static key API uses in the scheduler paths, +'pipe-test' (also known as 'perf bench sched pipe') can be used to show the +performance improvement. Testing done on 3.3.0-rc2: + +jump label disabled: + + Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): + + 855.700314 task-clock # 0.534 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.11% ) + 200,003 context-switches # 0.234 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) + 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 39.58% ) + 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.02% ) + 1,474,374,262 cycles # 1.723 GHz ( +- 0.17% ) + <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend + <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend + 1,178,049,567 instructions # 0.80 insns per cycle ( +- 0.06% ) + 208,368,926 branches # 243.507 M/sec ( +- 0.06% ) + 5,569,188 branch-misses # 2.67% of all branches ( +- 0.54% ) + + 1.601607384 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.07% ) + +jump label enabled: + + Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): + + 841.043185 task-clock # 0.533 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.12% ) + 200,004 context-switches # 0.238 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) + 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 40.87% ) + 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.05% ) + 1,432,559,428 cycles # 1.703 GHz ( +- 0.18% ) + <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend + <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend + 1,175,363,994 instructions # 0.82 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% ) + 206,859,359 branches # 245.956 M/sec ( +- 0.04% ) + 4,884,119 branch-misses # 2.36% of all branches ( +- 0.85% ) + + 1.579384366 seconds time elapsed + +The percentage of saved branches is .7%, and we've saved 12% on +'branch-misses'. This is where we would expect to get the most savings, since +this optimization is about reducing the number of branches. In addition, we've +saved .2% on instructions, and 2.8% on cycles and 1.4% on elapsed time. diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 1f2463671a1a..6d78841fd416 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - panic - panic_on_oops - panic_on_unrecovered_nmi +- panic_on_stackoverflow - pid_max - powersave-nap [ PPC only ] - printk @@ -393,6 +394,19 @@ Controls the kernel's behaviour when an oops or BUG is encountered. ============================================================== +panic_on_stackoverflow: + +Controls the kernel's behavior when detecting the overflows of +kernel, IRQ and exception stacks except a user stack. +This file shows up if CONFIG_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW is enabled. + +0: try to continue operation. + +1: panic immediately. + +============================================================== + + pid_max: PID allocation wrap value. When the kernel's next PID value @@ -401,6 +415,14 @@ PIDs of value pid_max or larger are not allocated. ============================================================== +ns_last_pid: + +The last pid allocated in the current (the one task using this sysctl +lives in) pid namespace. When selecting a pid for a next task on fork +kernel tries to allocate a number starting from this one. + +============================================================== + powersave-nap: (PPC only) If set, Linux-PPC will use the 'nap' mode of powersaving, @@ -579,6 +601,8 @@ can be ORed together: instead of using the one provided by the hardware. 512 - A kernel warning has occurred. 1024 - A module from drivers/staging was loaded. +2048 - The system is working around a severe firmware bug. +4096 - An out-of-tree module has been loaded. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 7ef9b843d529..a78879b01f09 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py @@ -230,14 +230,9 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <linux/ctype.h>\n" buf += "#include <asm/unaligned.h>\n\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_transport.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_ops.h>\n" + buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_configfs.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_lib.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_device.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_tpg.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/configfs_macros.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" @@ -260,7 +255,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_wwn(name, &wwpn, 1) < 0)\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL); */\n" buf += " se_nacl_new = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl(se_tpg);\n" - buf += " if (!(se_nacl_new))\n" + buf += " if (!se_nacl_new)\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);\n" buf += "//#warning FIXME: Hardcoded nexus depth in " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl()\n" buf += " nexus_depth = 1;\n" @@ -308,7 +303,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " if (strict_strtoul(name + 5, 10, &tpgt) || tpgt > UINT_MAX)\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);\n\n" buf += " tpg = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg), GFP_KERNEL);\n" - buf += " if (!(tpg)) {\n" + buf += " if (!tpg) {\n" buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg\");\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);\n" buf += " }\n" @@ -344,7 +339,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " /* if (" + fabric_mod_name + "_parse_wwn(name, &wwpn, 1) < 0)\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL); */\n\n" buf += " " + fabric_mod_port + " = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + "), GFP_KERNEL);\n" - buf += " if (!(" + fabric_mod_port + ")) {\n" + buf += " if (!" + fabric_mod_port + ") {\n" buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_" + fabric_mod_port + "\");\n" buf += " return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);\n" buf += " }\n" @@ -352,7 +347,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): if proto_ident == "FC" or proto_ident == "SAS": buf += " " + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_wwpn = wwpn;\n" - buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_format_wwn(&" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_name[0], " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "__NAMELEN, wwpn); */\n\n" + buf += " /* " + fabric_mod_name + "_format_wwn(&" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_name[0], " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_NAMELEN, wwpn); */\n\n" buf += " return &" + fabric_mod_port + "->" + fabric_mod_port + "_wwn;\n" buf += "}\n\n" buf += "static void " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_" + fabric_mod_port + "(struct se_wwn *wwn)\n" @@ -391,8 +386,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .tpg_alloc_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_alloc_fabric_acl,\n" buf += " .tpg_release_fabric_acl = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_fabric_acl,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_inst_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index,\n" - buf += " .release_cmd_to_pool = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" - buf += " .release_cmd_direct = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" + buf += " .release_cmd = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" buf += " .shutdown_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session,\n" buf += " .close_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session,\n" buf += " .stop_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_stop_session,\n" @@ -405,14 +399,12 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .set_default_node_attributes = " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_default_node_attrs,\n" buf += " .get_task_tag = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_task_tag,\n" buf += " .get_cmd_state = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state,\n" - buf += " .new_cmd_failure = " + fabric_mod_name + "_new_cmd_failure,\n" buf += " .queue_data_in = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in,\n" buf += " .queue_status = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status,\n" buf += " .queue_tm_rsp = " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp,\n" buf += " .get_fabric_sense_len = " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_sense_len,\n" buf += " .set_fabric_sense_len = " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_fabric_sense_len,\n" buf += " .is_state_remove = " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove,\n" - buf += " .pack_lun = " + fabric_mod_name + "_pack_lun,\n" buf += " /*\n" buf += " * Setup function pointers for generic logic in target_core_fabric_configfs.c\n" buf += " */\n" @@ -439,9 +431,9 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " * Register the top level struct config_item_type with TCM core\n" buf += " */\n" buf += " fabric = target_fabric_configfs_init(THIS_MODULE, \"" + fabric_mod_name[4:] + "\");\n" - buf += " if (!(fabric)) {\n" + buf += " if (IS_ERR(fabric)) {\n" buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_init() failed\\n\");\n" - buf += " return -ENOMEM;\n" + buf += " return PTR_ERR(fabric);\n" buf += " }\n" buf += " /*\n" buf += " * Setup fabric->tf_ops from our local " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops\n" @@ -475,9 +467,9 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " printk(KERN_INFO \"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "[0] - Set fabric -> " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs\\n\");\n" buf += " return 0;\n" buf += "};\n\n" - buf += "static void " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs(void)\n" + buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs(void)\n" buf += "{\n" - buf += " if (!(" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs))\n" + buf += " if (!" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs)\n" buf += " return;\n\n" buf += " target_fabric_configfs_deregister(" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs);\n" buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs = NULL;\n" @@ -492,17 +484,15 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " return ret;\n\n" buf += " return 0;\n" buf += "};\n\n" - buf += "static void " + fabric_mod_name + "_exit(void)\n" + buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_exit(void)\n" buf += "{\n" buf += " " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs();\n" buf += "};\n\n" - buf += "#ifdef MODULE\n" buf += "MODULE_DESCRIPTION(\"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " series fabric driver\");\n" buf += "MODULE_LICENSE(\"GPL\");\n" buf += "module_init(" + fabric_mod_name + "_init);\n" buf += "module_exit(" + fabric_mod_name + "_exit);\n" - buf += "#endif\n" ret = p.write(buf) if ret: @@ -514,7 +504,7 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): def tcm_mod_scan_fabric_ops(tcm_dir): - fabric_ops_api = tcm_dir + "include/target/target_core_fabric_ops.h" + fabric_ops_api = tcm_dir + "include/target/target_core_fabric.h" print "Using tcm_mod_scan_fabric_ops: " + fabric_ops_api process_fo = 0; @@ -579,11 +569,7 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "#include <scsi/scsi_cmnd.h>\n" buf += "#include <scsi/libfc.h>\n\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_base.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_transport.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_ops.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric_lib.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_device.h>\n" - buf += "#include <target/target_core_tpg.h>\n" + buf += "#include <target/target_core_fabric.h>\n" buf += "#include <target/target_core_configfs.h>\n\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n" buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n" @@ -788,8 +774,8 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "{\n" buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" - buf += " if (!(nacl)) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to alocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" + buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" + buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" buf += " return NULL;\n" buf += " }\n\n" buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" @@ -815,7 +801,7 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index(struct se_portal_group *);\n" - if re.search('release_cmd_to_pool', fo): + if re.search('\*release_cmd\)\(', fo): buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" buf += "{\n" buf += " return;\n" @@ -899,13 +885,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_cmd_state(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('new_cmd_failure\)\(', fo): - buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_new_cmd_failure(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_new_cmd_failure(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('queue_data_in\)\(', fo): buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n" buf += "{\n" @@ -948,15 +927,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('pack_lun\)\(', fo): - buf += "u64 " + fabric_mod_name + "_pack_lun(unsigned int lun)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " WARN_ON(lun >= 256);\n" - buf += " /* Caller wants this byte-swapped */\n" - buf += " return cpu_to_le64((lun & 0xff) << 8);\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "u64 " + fabric_mod_name + "_pack_lun(unsigned int);\n" - ret = p.write(buf) if ret: diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index b61e46f449aa..1733ab947a95 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ method, the sys I/F structure will be built like this: The framework includes a simple notification mechanism, in the form of a netlink event. Netlink socket initialization is done during the _init_ of the framework. Drivers which intend to use the notification mechanism -just need to call generate_netlink_event() with two arguments viz +just need to call thermal_generate_netlink_event() with two arguments viz (originator, event). Typically the originator will be an integer assigned to a thermal_zone_device when it registers itself with the framework. The event will be one of:{THERMAL_AUX0, THERMAL_AUX1, THERMAL_CRITICAL, diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt index 96d87b67fe37..cf794af22855 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ power_end "cpu_id=%lu" The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros: . POWER_NONE = 0, . POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */ - . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Fequency change or DVFS */ + . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Frequency change or DVFS */ The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type: . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE, diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 1ebc24cf9a55..6f51fed45f2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt @@ -226,6 +226,13 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. Traces and records the max latency that it takes for the highest priority task to get scheduled after it has been woken up. + Traces all tasks as an average developer would expect. + + "wakeup_rt" + + Traces and records the max latency that it takes for just + RT tasks (as the current "wakeup" does). This is useful + for those interested in wake up timings of RT tasks. "hw-branch-tracer" diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt index 86302cd53ed3..a91adb26ea7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ CHANGES - 0.3 - Created based off of scanner & INSTALL from the original touchscreen - driver on freshmeat (http://freshmeat.net/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) + driver on freecode (http://freecode.com/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) - Amended for linux-2.4.18, then 2.4.19 - 0.5 - Complete rewrite using Linux Input in 2.6.3 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt index 12511c98cc4f..817df299ea07 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ autosuspend the device. Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver is unbound from its interface. As a corollary, drivers must not call -any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their diconnect() routine has +any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their disconnect() routine has returned. Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own diff --git a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt index afe596d5f201..c9c3f0f5ad7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ The usbfs filesystem for USB devices is traditionally mounted at /proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. -In many modern systems the usbfs filsystem isn't used at all. Instead +In many modern systems the usbfs filesystem isn't used at all. Instead USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The "devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 index d5cb4ea287b2..7b59e953c4bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ 0 -> Unknown board (au0828) - 1 -> Hauppauge HVR950Q (au0828) [2040:7200,2040:7210,2040:7217,2040:721b,2040:721e,2040:721f,2040:7280,0fd9:0008] + 1 -> Hauppauge HVR950Q (au0828) [2040:7200,2040:7210,2040:7217,2040:721b,2040:721e,2040:721f,2040:7280,0fd9:0008,2040:7260,2040:7213] 2 -> Hauppauge HVR850 (au0828) [2040:7240] 3 -> DViCO FusionHDTV USB (au0828) [0fe9:d620] 4 -> Hauppauge HVR950Q rev xxF8 (au0828) [2040:7201,2040:7211,2040:7281] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv index 4739d5684305..b753906c7183 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ 70 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.4C,8E) 71 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98EZ (capture only) LR51 [1851:1851] 72 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+9B (PlayTV Pro rev.9B FM+NICAM) [1554:4011] - 73 -> Sensoray 311 [6000:0311] + 73 -> Sensoray 311/611 [6000:0311,6000:0611] 74 -> RemoteVision MX (RV605) 75 -> Powercolor MTV878/ MTV878R/ MTV878F 76 -> Canopus WinDVR PCI (COMPAQ Presario 3524JP, 5112JP) [0e11:0079] @@ -158,3 +158,4 @@ 157 -> Geovision GV-800(S) (master) [800a:763d] 158 -> Geovision GV-800(S) (slave) [800b:763d,800c:763d,800d:763d] 159 -> ProVideo PV183 [1830:1540,1831:1540,1832:1540,1833:1540,1834:1540,1835:1540,1836:1540,1837:1540] +160 -> Tongwei Video Technology TD-3116 [f200:3116] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 index 8910449d23a8..23584d0c6a75 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -29,3 +29,6 @@ 28 -> LEADTEK WinFast PxTV1200 [107d:6f22] 29 -> GoTView X5 3D Hybrid [5654:2390] 30 -> NetUP Dual DVB-T/C-CI RF [1b55:e2e4] + 31 -> Leadtek Winfast PxDVR3200 H XC4000 [107d:6f39] + 32 -> MPX-885 + 33 -> Mygica X8507 [14f1:8502] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 index d9c0f119196d..eee18e6962b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 @@ -85,3 +85,5 @@ 84 -> Samsung SMT 7020 DVB-S [18ac:dc00,18ac:dccd] 85 -> Twinhan VP-1027 DVB-S [1822:0023] 86 -> TeVii S464 DVB-S/S2 [d464:9022] + 87 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV2000 H PLUS [107d:6f42] + 88 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV1800 H (XC4000) [107d:6f38] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx index 4a7b3df6d8bd..e7be3ac49ead 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900 (em2880) [2040:6500] 11 -> Terratec Hybrid XS (em2880) 12 -> Kworld PVR TV 2800 RF (em2820/em2840) - 13 -> Terratec Prodigy XS (em2880) [0ccd:0047] + 13 -> Terratec Prodigy XS (em2880) 14 -> SIIG AVTuner-PVR / Pixelview Prolink PlayTV USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) 15 -> V-Gear PocketTV (em2800) 16 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 950 (em2883) [2040:6513,2040:6517,2040:651b] @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ 39 -> KWorld PVRTV 300U (em2861) [eb1a:e300] 40 -> Plextor ConvertX PX-TV100U (em2861) [093b:a005] 41 -> Kworld 350 U DVB-T (em2870) [eb1a:e350] - 42 -> Kworld 355 U DVB-T (em2870) [eb1a:e355,eb1a:e357] + 42 -> Kworld 355 U DVB-T (em2870) [eb1a:e355,eb1a:e357,eb1a:e359] 43 -> Terratec Cinergy T XS (em2870) [0ccd:0043] 44 -> Terratec Cinergy T XS (MT2060) (em2870) 45 -> Pinnacle PCTV DVB-T (em2870) @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ 64 -> Easy Cap Capture DC-60 (em2860) 65 -> IO-DATA GV-MVP/SZ (em2820/em2840) [04bb:0515] 66 -> Empire dual TV (em2880) - 67 -> Terratec Grabby (em2860) [0ccd:0096] + 67 -> Terratec Grabby (em2860) [0ccd:0096,0ccd:10AF] 68 -> Terratec AV350 (em2860) [0ccd:0084] 69 -> KWorld ATSC 315U HDTV TV Box (em2882) [eb1a:a313] 70 -> Evga inDtube (em2882) @@ -76,3 +76,7 @@ 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC) (em2870) [1b80:a340] 77 -> EM2874 Leadership ISDBT (em2874) 78 -> PCTV nanoStick T2 290e (em28174) + 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad] + 80 -> PCTV DVB-S2 Stick (460e) (em28174) + 81 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 930C (em2884) [2040:1605] + 82 -> Terratec Cinergy HTC Stick (em2884) [0ccd:00b2] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index 7efae9bd73ed..e7ef38a19859 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -186,3 +186,4 @@ 185 -> MagicPro ProHDTV Pro2 DMB-TH/Hybrid [17de:d136] 186 -> Beholder BeholdTV 501 [5ace:5010] 187 -> Beholder BeholdTV 503 FM [5ace:5030] +188 -> Sensoray 811/911 [6000:0811,6000:0911] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 index 152bd7b781ca..2205e8d55537 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 @@ -7,3 +7,5 @@ 6 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8901] 7 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:8891,0070:8851] 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:88A1] + 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8940] + 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8953] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt index b15e29f31121..f2060f0dc02c 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@ ov519 05a9:0511 Video Blaster WebCam 3/WebCam Plus, D-Link USB Digital Video Ca ov519 05a9:0518 Creative WebCam ov519 05a9:0519 OV519 Microphone ov519 05a9:0530 OmniVision +ov534_9 05a9:1550 OmniVision VEHO Filmscanner ov519 05a9:2800 OmniVision SuperCAM ov519 05a9:4519 Webcam Classic ov534_9 05a9:8065 OmniVision test kit ov538+ov9712 @@ -278,6 +279,7 @@ pac7302 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300 pac7302 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300 pac7302 093a:262a Webcam 300k pac7302 093a:262c Philips SPC 230 NC +jl2005bcd 0979:0227 Various brands, 19 known cameras supported jeilinj 0979:0280 Sakar 57379 jeilinj 0979:0280 Sportscam DV15 zc3xx 0ac8:0302 Z-star Vimicro zc0302 diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt index 848d620dcc5c..35ce19cddcf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Description: A UVC control can be mapped to several V4L2 controls. For instance, a UVC pan/tilt control could be mapped to separate pan and tilt V4L2 controls. The UVC control is divided into non overlapping fields using - the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independantly mapped to + the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independently mapped to V4L2 control. For signed integer V4L2 controls the data_type field should be set to diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt index 26aa0573933e..e2492a9d1027 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -666,27 +666,6 @@ a control of this type whenever the first control belonging to a new control class is added. -Differences from the Spec -========================= - -There are a few places where the framework acts slightly differently from the -V4L2 Specification. Those differences are described in this section. We will -have to see whether we need to adjust the spec or not. - -1) It is no longer required to have all controls contained in a -v4l2_ext_control array be from the same control class. The framework will be -able to handle any type of control in the array. You need to set ctrl_class -to 0 in order to enable this. If ctrl_class is non-zero, then it will still -check that all controls belong to that control class. - -If you set ctrl_class to 0 and count to 0, then it will only return an error -if there are no controls at all. - -2) Clarified the way error_idx works. For get and set it will be equal to -count if nothing was done yet. If it is less than count then only the controls -up to error_idx-1 were successfully applied. - - Proposals for Extensions ======================== diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index f8dcabf7852c..659b2ba12a4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -612,6 +612,12 @@ You can set a pointer to a mutex_lock in struct video_device. Usually this will be either a top-level mutex or a mutex per device node. If you want finer-grained locking then you have to set it to NULL and do you own locking. +It is up to the driver developer to decide which method to use. However, if +your driver has high-latency operations (for example, changing the exposure +of a USB webcam might take a long time), then you might be better off with +doing your own locking if you want to allow the user to do other things with +the device while waiting for the high-latency command to finish. + If a lock is specified then all file operations will be serialized on that lock. If you use videobuf then you must pass the same lock to the videobuf queue initialize function: if videobuf has to wait for a frame to arrive, then @@ -619,6 +625,11 @@ it will temporarily unlock the lock and relock it afterwards. If your driver also waits in the code, then you should do the same to allow other processes to access the device node while the first process is waiting for something. +In the case of videobuf2 you will need to implement the wait_prepare and +wait_finish callbacks to unlock/lock if applicable. In particular, if you use +the lock in struct video_device then you must unlock/lock this mutex in +wait_prepare and wait_finish. + The implementation of a hotplug disconnect should also take the lock before calling v4l2_device_disconnect. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX index 8e601991d91c..924bd462675e 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ Virtualization support in the Linux kernel. - this file. kvm/ - Kernel Virtual Machine. See also http://linux-kvm.org -lguest/ - - Extremely simple hypervisor for experimental/educational use. uml/ - User Mode Linux, builds/runs Linux kernel as a userspace program. virtio.txt diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt index 5dc972c09b55..fa5f1dbc6b23 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied: - the spte must point to a large host page - the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is - enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisified) + enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisfied) - if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any write-protected pages - the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have -artificically inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. +artificially inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. Further reading =============== diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 115587fd5f65..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -lguest diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 0ac34206f7a7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -# This creates the demonstration utility "lguest" which runs a Linux guest. -# Missing headers? Add "-I../../../include -I../../../arch/x86/include" -CFLAGS:=-m32 -Wall -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -O3 -U_FORTIFY_SOURCE - -all: lguest - -clean: - rm -f lguest diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract deleted file mode 100644 index 7730bb6e4b94..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh - -set -e - -PREFIX=$1 -shift - -trap 'rm -r $TMPDIR' 0 -TMPDIR=`mktemp -d` - -exec 3>/dev/null -for f; do - while IFS=" -" read -r LINE; do - case "$LINE" in - *$PREFIX:[0-9]*:\**) - NUM=`echo "$LINE" | sed "s/.*$PREFIX:\([0-9]*\).*/\1/"` - if [ -f $TMPDIR/$NUM ]; then - echo "$TMPDIR/$NUM already exits prior to $f" - exit 1 - fi - exec 3>>$TMPDIR/$NUM - echo $f | sed 's,\.\./,,g' > $TMPDIR/.$NUM - /bin/echo "$LINE" | sed -e "s/$PREFIX:[0-9]*//" -e "s/:\*/*/" >&3 - ;; - *$PREFIX:[0-9]*) - NUM=`echo "$LINE" | sed "s/.*$PREFIX:\([0-9]*\).*/\1/"` - if [ -f $TMPDIR/$NUM ]; then - echo "$TMPDIR/$NUM already exits prior to $f" - exit 1 - fi - exec 3>>$TMPDIR/$NUM - echo $f | sed 's,\.\./,,g' > $TMPDIR/.$NUM - /bin/echo "$LINE" | sed "s/$PREFIX:[0-9]*//" >&3 - ;; - *:\**) - /bin/echo "$LINE" | sed -e "s/:\*/*/" -e "s,/\*\*/,," >&3 - echo >&3 - exec 3>/dev/null - ;; - *) - /bin/echo "$LINE" >&3 - ;; - esac - done < $f - echo >&3 - exec 3>/dev/null -done - -LASTFILE="" -for f in $TMPDIR/*; do - if [ "$LASTFILE" != $(cat $TMPDIR/.$(basename $f) ) ]; then - LASTFILE=$(cat $TMPDIR/.$(basename $f) ) - echo "[ $LASTFILE ]" - fi - cat $f -done - diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c deleted file mode 100644 index c095d79cae73..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2065 +0,0 @@ -/*P:100 - * This is the Launcher code, a simple program which lays out the "physical" - * memory for the new Guest by mapping the kernel image and the virtual - * devices, then opens /dev/lguest to tell the kernel about the Guest and - * control it. -:*/ -#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE -#define _GNU_SOURCE -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <err.h> -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <elf.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <sys/param.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include <sys/wait.h> -#include <sys/eventfd.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <stdbool.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <sys/socket.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <time.h> -#include <netinet/in.h> -#include <net/if.h> -#include <linux/sockios.h> -#include <linux/if_tun.h> -#include <sys/uio.h> -#include <termios.h> -#include <getopt.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <sched.h> -#include <limits.h> -#include <stddef.h> -#include <signal.h> -#include <pwd.h> -#include <grp.h> - -#include <linux/virtio_config.h> -#include <linux/virtio_net.h> -#include <linux/virtio_blk.h> -#include <linux/virtio_console.h> -#include <linux/virtio_rng.h> -#include <linux/virtio_ring.h> -#include <asm/bootparam.h> -#include "../../../include/linux/lguest_launcher.h" -/*L:110 - * We can ignore the 43 include files we need for this program, but I do want - * to draw attention to the use of kernel-style types. - * - * As Linus said, "C is a Spartan language, and so should your naming be." I - * like these abbreviations, so we define them here. Note that u64 is always - * unsigned long long, which works on all Linux systems: this means that we can - * use %llu in printf for any u64. - */ -typedef unsigned long long u64; -typedef uint32_t u32; -typedef uint16_t u16; -typedef uint8_t u8; -/*:*/ - -#define BRIDGE_PFX "bridge:" -#ifndef SIOCBRADDIF -#define SIOCBRADDIF 0x89a2 /* add interface to bridge */ -#endif -/* We can have up to 256 pages for devices. */ -#define DEVICE_PAGES 256 -/* This will occupy 3 pages: it must be a power of 2. */ -#define VIRTQUEUE_NUM 256 - -/*L:120 - * verbose is both a global flag and a macro. The C preprocessor allows - * this, and although I wouldn't recommend it, it works quite nicely here. - */ -static bool verbose; -#define verbose(args...) \ - do { if (verbose) printf(args); } while(0) -/*:*/ - -/* The pointer to the start of guest memory. */ -static void *guest_base; -/* The maximum guest physical address allowed, and maximum possible. */ -static unsigned long guest_limit, guest_max; -/* The /dev/lguest file descriptor. */ -static int lguest_fd; - -/* a per-cpu variable indicating whose vcpu is currently running */ -static unsigned int __thread cpu_id; - -/* This is our list of devices. */ -struct device_list { - /* Counter to assign interrupt numbers. */ - unsigned int next_irq; - - /* Counter to print out convenient device numbers. */ - unsigned int device_num; - - /* The descriptor page for the devices. */ - u8 *descpage; - - /* A single linked list of devices. */ - struct device *dev; - /* And a pointer to the last device for easy append. */ - struct device *lastdev; -}; - -/* The list of Guest devices, based on command line arguments. */ -static struct device_list devices; - -/* The device structure describes a single device. */ -struct device { - /* The linked-list pointer. */ - struct device *next; - - /* The device's descriptor, as mapped into the Guest. */ - struct lguest_device_desc *desc; - - /* We can't trust desc values once Guest has booted: we use these. */ - unsigned int feature_len; - unsigned int num_vq; - - /* The name of this device, for --verbose. */ - const char *name; - - /* Any queues attached to this device */ - struct virtqueue *vq; - - /* Is it operational */ - bool running; - - /* Device-specific data. */ - void *priv; -}; - -/* The virtqueue structure describes a queue attached to a device. */ -struct virtqueue { - struct virtqueue *next; - - /* Which device owns me. */ - struct device *dev; - - /* The configuration for this queue. */ - struct lguest_vqconfig config; - - /* The actual ring of buffers. */ - struct vring vring; - - /* Last available index we saw. */ - u16 last_avail_idx; - - /* How many are used since we sent last irq? */ - unsigned int pending_used; - - /* Eventfd where Guest notifications arrive. */ - int eventfd; - - /* Function for the thread which is servicing this virtqueue. */ - void (*service)(struct virtqueue *vq); - pid_t thread; -}; - -/* Remember the arguments to the program so we can "reboot" */ -static char **main_args; - -/* The original tty settings to restore on exit. */ -static struct termios orig_term; - -/* - * We have to be careful with barriers: our devices are all run in separate - * threads and so we need to make sure that changes visible to the Guest happen - * in precise order. - */ -#define wmb() __asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory") -#define mb() __asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory") - -/* - * Convert an iovec element to the given type. - * - * This is a fairly ugly trick: we need to know the size of the type and - * alignment requirement to check the pointer is kosher. It's also nice to - * have the name of the type in case we report failure. - * - * Typing those three things all the time is cumbersome and error prone, so we - * have a macro which sets them all up and passes to the real function. - */ -#define convert(iov, type) \ - ((type *)_convert((iov), sizeof(type), __alignof__(type), #type)) - -static void *_convert(struct iovec *iov, size_t size, size_t align, - const char *name) -{ - if (iov->iov_len != size) - errx(1, "Bad iovec size %zu for %s", iov->iov_len, name); - if ((unsigned long)iov->iov_base % align != 0) - errx(1, "Bad alignment %p for %s", iov->iov_base, name); - return iov->iov_base; -} - -/* Wrapper for the last available index. Makes it easier to change. */ -#define lg_last_avail(vq) ((vq)->last_avail_idx) - -/* - * The virtio configuration space is defined to be little-endian. x86 is - * little-endian too, but it's nice to be explicit so we have these helpers. - */ -#define cpu_to_le16(v16) (v16) -#define cpu_to_le32(v32) (v32) -#define cpu_to_le64(v64) (v64) -#define le16_to_cpu(v16) (v16) -#define le32_to_cpu(v32) (v32) -#define le64_to_cpu(v64) (v64) - -/* Is this iovec empty? */ -static bool iov_empty(const struct iovec iov[], unsigned int num_iov) -{ - unsigned int i; - - for (i = 0; i < num_iov; i++) - if (iov[i].iov_len) - return false; - return true; -} - -/* Take len bytes from the front of this iovec. */ -static void iov_consume(struct iovec iov[], unsigned num_iov, unsigned len) -{ - unsigned int i; - - for (i = 0; i < num_iov; i++) { - unsigned int used; - - used = iov[i].iov_len < len ? iov[i].iov_len : len; - iov[i].iov_base += used; - iov[i].iov_len -= used; - len -= used; - } - assert(len == 0); -} - -/* The device virtqueue descriptors are followed by feature bitmasks. */ -static u8 *get_feature_bits(struct device *dev) -{ - return (u8 *)(dev->desc + 1) - + dev->num_vq * sizeof(struct lguest_vqconfig); -} - -/*L:100 - * The Launcher code itself takes us out into userspace, that scary place where - * pointers run wild and free! Unfortunately, like most userspace programs, - * it's quite boring (which is why everyone likes to hack on the kernel!). - * Perhaps if you make up an Lguest Drinking Game at this point, it will get - * you through this section. Or, maybe not. - * - * The Launcher sets up a big chunk of memory to be the Guest's "physical" - * memory and stores it in "guest_base". In other words, Guest physical == - * Launcher virtual with an offset. - * - * This can be tough to get your head around, but usually it just means that we - * use these trivial conversion functions when the Guest gives us its - * "physical" addresses: - */ -static void *from_guest_phys(unsigned long addr) -{ - return guest_base + addr; -} - -static unsigned long to_guest_phys(const void *addr) -{ - return (addr - guest_base); -} - -/*L:130 - * Loading the Kernel. - * - * We start with couple of simple helper routines. open_or_die() avoids - * error-checking code cluttering the callers: - */ -static int open_or_die(const char *name, int flags) -{ - int fd = open(name, flags); - if (fd < 0) - err(1, "Failed to open %s", name); - return fd; -} - -/* map_zeroed_pages() takes a number of pages. */ -static void *map_zeroed_pages(unsigned int num) -{ - int fd = open_or_die("/dev/zero", O_RDONLY); - void *addr; - - /* - * We use a private mapping (ie. if we write to the page, it will be - * copied). We allocate an extra two pages PROT_NONE to act as guard - * pages against read/write attempts that exceed allocated space. - */ - addr = mmap(NULL, getpagesize() * (num+2), - PROT_NONE, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); - - if (addr == MAP_FAILED) - err(1, "Mmapping %u pages of /dev/zero", num); - - if (mprotect(addr + getpagesize(), getpagesize() * num, - PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE) == -1) - err(1, "mprotect rw %u pages failed", num); - - /* - * One neat mmap feature is that you can close the fd, and it - * stays mapped. - */ - close(fd); - - /* Return address after PROT_NONE page */ - return addr + getpagesize(); -} - -/* Get some more pages for a device. */ -static void *get_pages(unsigned int num) -{ - void *addr = from_guest_phys(guest_limit); - - guest_limit += num * getpagesize(); - if (guest_limit > guest_max) - errx(1, "Not enough memory for devices"); - return addr; -} - -/* - * This routine is used to load the kernel or initrd. It tries mmap, but if - * that fails (Plan 9's kernel file isn't nicely aligned on page boundaries), - * it falls back to reading the memory in. - */ -static void map_at(int fd, void *addr, unsigned long offset, unsigned long len) -{ - ssize_t r; - - /* - * We map writable even though for some segments are marked read-only. - * The kernel really wants to be writable: it patches its own - * instructions. - * - * MAP_PRIVATE means that the page won't be copied until a write is - * done to it. This allows us to share untouched memory between - * Guests. - */ - if (mmap(addr, len, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, - MAP_FIXED|MAP_PRIVATE, fd, offset) != MAP_FAILED) - return; - - /* pread does a seek and a read in one shot: saves a few lines. */ - r = pread(fd, addr, len, offset); - if (r != len) - err(1, "Reading offset %lu len %lu gave %zi", offset, len, r); -} - -/* - * This routine takes an open vmlinux image, which is in ELF, and maps it into - * the Guest memory. ELF = Embedded Linking Format, which is the format used - * by all modern binaries on Linux including the kernel. - * - * The ELF headers give *two* addresses: a physical address, and a virtual - * address. We use the physical address; the Guest will map itself to the - * virtual address. - * - * We return the starting address. - */ -static unsigned long map_elf(int elf_fd, const Elf32_Ehdr *ehdr) -{ - Elf32_Phdr phdr[ehdr->e_phnum]; - unsigned int i; - - /* - * Sanity checks on the main ELF header: an x86 executable with a - * reasonable number of correctly-sized program headers. - */ - if (ehdr->e_type != ET_EXEC - || ehdr->e_machine != EM_386 - || ehdr->e_phentsize != sizeof(Elf32_Phdr) - || ehdr->e_phnum < 1 || ehdr->e_phnum > 65536U/sizeof(Elf32_Phdr)) - errx(1, "Malformed elf header"); - - /* - * An ELF executable contains an ELF header and a number of "program" - * headers which indicate which parts ("segments") of the program to - * load where. - */ - - /* We read in all the program headers at once: */ - if (lseek(elf_fd, ehdr->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) < 0) - err(1, "Seeking to program headers"); - if (read(elf_fd, phdr, sizeof(phdr)) != sizeof(phdr)) - err(1, "Reading program headers"); - - /* - * Try all the headers: there are usually only three. A read-only one, - * a read-write one, and a "note" section which we don't load. - */ - for (i = 0; i < ehdr->e_phnum; i++) { - /* If this isn't a loadable segment, we ignore it */ - if (phdr[i].p_type != PT_LOAD) - continue; - - verbose("Section %i: size %i addr %p\n", - i, phdr[i].p_memsz, (void *)phdr[i].p_paddr); - - /* We map this section of the file at its physical address. */ - map_at(elf_fd, from_guest_phys(phdr[i].p_paddr), - phdr[i].p_offset, phdr[i].p_filesz); - } - - /* The entry point is given in the ELF header. */ - return ehdr->e_entry; -} - -/*L:150 - * A bzImage, unlike an ELF file, is not meant to be loaded. You're supposed - * to jump into it and it will unpack itself. We used to have to perform some - * hairy magic because the unpacking code scared me. - * - * Fortunately, Jeremy Fitzhardinge convinced me it wasn't that hard and wrote - * a small patch to jump over the tricky bits in the Guest, so now we just read - * the funky header so we know where in the file to load, and away we go! - */ -static unsigned long load_bzimage(int fd) -{ - struct boot_params boot; - int r; - /* Modern bzImages get loaded at 1M. */ - void *p = from_guest_phys(0x100000); - - /* - * Go back to the start of the file and read the header. It should be - * a Linux boot header (see Documentation/x86/boot.txt) - */ - lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET); - read(fd, &boot, sizeof(boot)); - - /* Inside the setup_hdr, we expect the magic "HdrS" */ - if (memcmp(&boot.hdr.header, "HdrS", 4) != 0) - errx(1, "This doesn't look like a bzImage to me"); - - /* Skip over the extra sectors of the header. */ - lseek(fd, (boot.hdr.setup_sects+1) * 512, SEEK_SET); - - /* Now read everything into memory. in nice big chunks. */ - while ((r = read(fd, p, 65536)) > 0) - p += r; - - /* Finally, code32_start tells us where to enter the kernel. */ - return boot.hdr.code32_start; -} - -/*L:140 - * Loading the kernel is easy when it's a "vmlinux", but most kernels - * come wrapped up in the self-decompressing "bzImage" format. With a little - * work, we can load those, too. - */ -static unsigned long load_kernel(int fd) -{ - Elf32_Ehdr hdr; - - /* Read in the first few bytes. */ - if (read(fd, &hdr, sizeof(hdr)) != sizeof(hdr)) - err(1, "Reading kernel"); - - /* If it's an ELF file, it starts with "\177ELF" */ - if (memcmp(hdr.e_ident, ELFMAG, SELFMAG) == 0) - return map_elf(fd, &hdr); - - /* Otherwise we assume it's a bzImage, and try to load it. */ - return load_bzimage(fd); -} - -/* - * This is a trivial little helper to align pages. Andi Kleen hated it because - * it calls getpagesize() twice: "it's dumb code." - * - * Kernel guys get really het up about optimization, even when it's not - * necessary. I leave this code as a reaction against that. - */ -static inline unsigned long page_align(unsigned long addr) -{ - /* Add upwards and truncate downwards. */ - return ((addr + getpagesize()-1) & ~(getpagesize()-1)); -} - -/*L:180 - * An "initial ram disk" is a disk image loaded into memory along with the - * kernel which the kernel can use to boot from without needing any drivers. - * Most distributions now use this as standard: the initrd contains the code to - * load the appropriate driver modules for the current machine. - * - * Importantly, James Morris works for RedHat, and Fedora uses initrds for its - * kernels. He sent me this (and tells me when I break it). - */ -static unsigned long load_initrd(const char *name, unsigned long mem) -{ - int ifd; - struct stat st; - unsigned long len; - - ifd = open_or_die(name, O_RDONLY); - /* fstat() is needed to get the file size. */ - if (fstat(ifd, &st) < 0) - err(1, "fstat() on initrd '%s'", name); - - /* - * We map the initrd at the top of memory, but mmap wants it to be - * page-aligned, so we round the size up for that. - */ - len = page_align(st.st_size); - map_at(ifd, from_guest_phys(mem - len), 0, st.st_size); - /* - * Once a file is mapped, you can close the file descriptor. It's a - * little odd, but quite useful. - */ - close(ifd); - verbose("mapped initrd %s size=%lu @ %p\n", name, len, (void*)mem-len); - - /* We return the initrd size. */ - return len; -} -/*:*/ - -/* - * Simple routine to roll all the commandline arguments together with spaces - * between them. - */ -static void concat(char *dst, char *args[]) -{ - unsigned int i, len = 0; - - for (i = 0; args[i]; i++) { - if (i) { - strcat(dst+len, " "); - len++; - } - strcpy(dst+len, args[i]); - len += strlen(args[i]); - } - /* In case it's empty. */ - dst[len] = '\0'; -} - -/*L:185 - * This is where we actually tell the kernel to initialize the Guest. We - * saw the arguments it expects when we looked at initialize() in lguest_user.c: - * the base of Guest "physical" memory, the top physical page to allow and the - * entry point for the Guest. - */ -static void tell_kernel(unsigned long start) -{ - unsigned long args[] = { LHREQ_INITIALIZE, - (unsigned long)guest_base, - guest_limit / getpagesize(), start }; - verbose("Guest: %p - %p (%#lx)\n", - guest_base, guest_base + guest_limit, guest_limit); - lguest_fd = open_or_die("/dev/lguest", O_RDWR); - if (write(lguest_fd, args, sizeof(args)) < 0) - err(1, "Writing to /dev/lguest"); -} -/*:*/ - -/*L:200 - * Device Handling. - * - * When the Guest gives us a buffer, it sends an array of addresses and sizes. - * We need to make sure it's not trying to reach into the Launcher itself, so - * we have a convenient routine which checks it and exits with an error message - * if something funny is going on: - */ -static void *_check_pointer(unsigned long addr, unsigned int size, - unsigned int line) -{ - /* - * Check if the requested address and size exceeds the allocated memory, - * or addr + size wraps around. - */ - if ((addr + size) > guest_limit || (addr + size) < addr) - errx(1, "%s:%i: Invalid address %#lx", __FILE__, line, addr); - /* - * We return a pointer for the caller's convenience, now we know it's - * safe to use. - */ - return from_guest_phys(addr); -} -/* A macro which transparently hands the line number to the real function. */ -#define check_pointer(addr,size) _check_pointer(addr, size, __LINE__) - -/* - * Each buffer in the virtqueues is actually a chain of descriptors. This - * function returns the next descriptor in the chain, or vq->vring.num if we're - * at the end. - */ -static unsigned next_desc(struct vring_desc *desc, - unsigned int i, unsigned int max) -{ - unsigned int next; - - /* If this descriptor says it doesn't chain, we're done. */ - if (!(desc[i].flags & VRING_DESC_F_NEXT)) - return max; - - /* Check they're not leading us off end of descriptors. */ - next = desc[i].next; - /* Make sure compiler knows to grab that: we don't want it changing! */ - wmb(); - - if (next >= max) - errx(1, "Desc next is %u", next); - - return next; -} - -/* - * This actually sends the interrupt for this virtqueue, if we've used a - * buffer. - */ -static void trigger_irq(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - unsigned long buf[] = { LHREQ_IRQ, vq->config.irq }; - - /* Don't inform them if nothing used. */ - if (!vq->pending_used) - return; - vq->pending_used = 0; - - /* If they don't want an interrupt, don't send one... */ - if (vq->vring.avail->flags & VRING_AVAIL_F_NO_INTERRUPT) { - return; - } - - /* Send the Guest an interrupt tell them we used something up. */ - if (write(lguest_fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) != 0) - err(1, "Triggering irq %i", vq->config.irq); -} - -/* - * This looks in the virtqueue for the first available buffer, and converts - * it to an iovec for convenient access. Since descriptors consist of some - * number of output then some number of input descriptors, it's actually two - * iovecs, but we pack them into one and note how many of each there were. - * - * This function waits if necessary, and returns the descriptor number found. - */ -static unsigned wait_for_vq_desc(struct virtqueue *vq, - struct iovec iov[], - unsigned int *out_num, unsigned int *in_num) -{ - unsigned int i, head, max; - struct vring_desc *desc; - u16 last_avail = lg_last_avail(vq); - - /* There's nothing available? */ - while (last_avail == vq->vring.avail->idx) { - u64 event; - - /* - * Since we're about to sleep, now is a good time to tell the - * Guest about what we've used up to now. - */ - trigger_irq(vq); - - /* OK, now we need to know about added descriptors. */ - vq->vring.used->flags &= ~VRING_USED_F_NO_NOTIFY; - - /* - * They could have slipped one in as we were doing that: make - * sure it's written, then check again. - */ - mb(); - if (last_avail != vq->vring.avail->idx) { - vq->vring.used->flags |= VRING_USED_F_NO_NOTIFY; - break; - } - - /* Nothing new? Wait for eventfd to tell us they refilled. */ - if (read(vq->eventfd, &event, sizeof(event)) != sizeof(event)) - errx(1, "Event read failed?"); - - /* We don't need to be notified again. */ - vq->vring.used->flags |= VRING_USED_F_NO_NOTIFY; - } - - /* Check it isn't doing very strange things with descriptor numbers. */ - if ((u16)(vq->vring.avail->idx - last_avail) > vq->vring.num) - errx(1, "Guest moved used index from %u to %u", - last_avail, vq->vring.avail->idx); - - /* - * Grab the next descriptor number they're advertising, and increment - * the index we've seen. - */ - head = vq->vring.avail->ring[last_avail % vq->vring.num]; - lg_last_avail(vq)++; - - /* If their number is silly, that's a fatal mistake. */ - if (head >= vq->vring.num) - errx(1, "Guest says index %u is available", head); - - /* When we start there are none of either input nor output. */ - *out_num = *in_num = 0; - - max = vq->vring.num; - desc = vq->vring.desc; - i = head; - - /* - * If this is an indirect entry, then this buffer contains a descriptor - * table which we handle as if it's any normal descriptor chain. - */ - if (desc[i].flags & VRING_DESC_F_INDIRECT) { - if (desc[i].len % sizeof(struct vring_desc)) - errx(1, "Invalid size for indirect buffer table"); - - max = desc[i].len / sizeof(struct vring_desc); - desc = check_pointer(desc[i].addr, desc[i].len); - i = 0; - } - - do { - /* Grab the first descriptor, and check it's OK. */ - iov[*out_num + *in_num].iov_len = desc[i].len; - iov[*out_num + *in_num].iov_base - = check_pointer(desc[i].addr, desc[i].len); - /* If this is an input descriptor, increment that count. */ - if (desc[i].flags & VRING_DESC_F_WRITE) - (*in_num)++; - else { - /* - * If it's an output descriptor, they're all supposed - * to come before any input descriptors. - */ - if (*in_num) - errx(1, "Descriptor has out after in"); - (*out_num)++; - } - - /* If we've got too many, that implies a descriptor loop. */ - if (*out_num + *in_num > max) - errx(1, "Looped descriptor"); - } while ((i = next_desc(desc, i, max)) != max); - - return head; -} - -/* - * After we've used one of their buffers, we tell the Guest about it. Sometime - * later we'll want to send them an interrupt using trigger_irq(); note that - * wait_for_vq_desc() does that for us if it has to wait. - */ -static void add_used(struct virtqueue *vq, unsigned int head, int len) -{ - struct vring_used_elem *used; - - /* - * The virtqueue contains a ring of used buffers. Get a pointer to the - * next entry in that used ring. - */ - used = &vq->vring.used->ring[vq->vring.used->idx % vq->vring.num]; - used->id = head; - used->len = len; - /* Make sure buffer is written before we update index. */ - wmb(); - vq->vring.used->idx++; - vq->pending_used++; -} - -/* And here's the combo meal deal. Supersize me! */ -static void add_used_and_trigger(struct virtqueue *vq, unsigned head, int len) -{ - add_used(vq, head, len); - trigger_irq(vq); -} - -/* - * The Console - * - * We associate some data with the console for our exit hack. - */ -struct console_abort { - /* How many times have they hit ^C? */ - int count; - /* When did they start? */ - struct timeval start; -}; - -/* This is the routine which handles console input (ie. stdin). */ -static void console_input(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - int len; - unsigned int head, in_num, out_num; - struct console_abort *abort = vq->dev->priv; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - - /* Make sure there's a descriptor available. */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out_num, &in_num); - if (out_num) - errx(1, "Output buffers in console in queue?"); - - /* Read into it. This is where we usually wait. */ - len = readv(STDIN_FILENO, iov, in_num); - if (len <= 0) { - /* Ran out of input? */ - warnx("Failed to get console input, ignoring console."); - /* - * For simplicity, dying threads kill the whole Launcher. So - * just nap here. - */ - for (;;) - pause(); - } - - /* Tell the Guest we used a buffer. */ - add_used_and_trigger(vq, head, len); - - /* - * Three ^C within one second? Exit. - * - * This is such a hack, but works surprisingly well. Each ^C has to - * be in a buffer by itself, so they can't be too fast. But we check - * that we get three within about a second, so they can't be too - * slow. - */ - if (len != 1 || ((char *)iov[0].iov_base)[0] != 3) { - abort->count = 0; - return; - } - - abort->count++; - if (abort->count == 1) - gettimeofday(&abort->start, NULL); - else if (abort->count == 3) { - struct timeval now; - gettimeofday(&now, NULL); - /* Kill all Launcher processes with SIGINT, like normal ^C */ - if (now.tv_sec <= abort->start.tv_sec+1) - kill(0, SIGINT); - abort->count = 0; - } -} - -/* This is the routine which handles console output (ie. stdout). */ -static void console_output(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - unsigned int head, out, in; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - - /* We usually wait in here, for the Guest to give us something. */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out, &in); - if (in) - errx(1, "Input buffers in console output queue?"); - - /* writev can return a partial write, so we loop here. */ - while (!iov_empty(iov, out)) { - int len = writev(STDOUT_FILENO, iov, out); - if (len <= 0) { - warn("Write to stdout gave %i (%d)", len, errno); - break; - } - iov_consume(iov, out, len); - } - - /* - * We're finished with that buffer: if we're going to sleep, - * wait_for_vq_desc() will prod the Guest with an interrupt. - */ - add_used(vq, head, 0); -} - -/* - * The Network - * - * Handling output for network is also simple: we get all the output buffers - * and write them to /dev/net/tun. - */ -struct net_info { - int tunfd; -}; - -static void net_output(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - struct net_info *net_info = vq->dev->priv; - unsigned int head, out, in; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - - /* We usually wait in here for the Guest to give us a packet. */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out, &in); - if (in) - errx(1, "Input buffers in net output queue?"); - /* - * Send the whole thing through to /dev/net/tun. It expects the exact - * same format: what a coincidence! - */ - if (writev(net_info->tunfd, iov, out) < 0) - warnx("Write to tun failed (%d)?", errno); - - /* - * Done with that one; wait_for_vq_desc() will send the interrupt if - * all packets are processed. - */ - add_used(vq, head, 0); -} - -/* - * Handling network input is a bit trickier, because I've tried to optimize it. - * - * First we have a helper routine which tells is if from this file descriptor - * (ie. the /dev/net/tun device) will block: - */ -static bool will_block(int fd) -{ - fd_set fdset; - struct timeval zero = { 0, 0 }; - FD_ZERO(&fdset); - FD_SET(fd, &fdset); - return select(fd+1, &fdset, NULL, NULL, &zero) != 1; -} - -/* - * This handles packets coming in from the tun device to our Guest. Like all - * service routines, it gets called again as soon as it returns, so you don't - * see a while(1) loop here. - */ -static void net_input(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - int len; - unsigned int head, out, in; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - struct net_info *net_info = vq->dev->priv; - - /* - * Get a descriptor to write an incoming packet into. This will also - * send an interrupt if they're out of descriptors. - */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out, &in); - if (out) - errx(1, "Output buffers in net input queue?"); - - /* - * If it looks like we'll block reading from the tun device, send them - * an interrupt. - */ - if (vq->pending_used && will_block(net_info->tunfd)) - trigger_irq(vq); - - /* - * Read in the packet. This is where we normally wait (when there's no - * incoming network traffic). - */ - len = readv(net_info->tunfd, iov, in); - if (len <= 0) - warn("Failed to read from tun (%d).", errno); - - /* - * Mark that packet buffer as used, but don't interrupt here. We want - * to wait until we've done as much work as we can. - */ - add_used(vq, head, len); -} -/*:*/ - -/* This is the helper to create threads: run the service routine in a loop. */ -static int do_thread(void *_vq) -{ - struct virtqueue *vq = _vq; - - for (;;) - vq->service(vq); - return 0; -} - -/* - * When a child dies, we kill our entire process group with SIGTERM. This - * also has the side effect that the shell restores the console for us! - */ -static void kill_launcher(int signal) -{ - kill(0, SIGTERM); -} - -static void reset_device(struct device *dev) -{ - struct virtqueue *vq; - - verbose("Resetting device %s\n", dev->name); - - /* Clear any features they've acked. */ - memset(get_feature_bits(dev) + dev->feature_len, 0, dev->feature_len); - - /* We're going to be explicitly killing threads, so ignore them. */ - signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_IGN); - - /* Zero out the virtqueues, get rid of their threads */ - for (vq = dev->vq; vq; vq = vq->next) { - if (vq->thread != (pid_t)-1) { - kill(vq->thread, SIGTERM); - waitpid(vq->thread, NULL, 0); - vq->thread = (pid_t)-1; - } - memset(vq->vring.desc, 0, - vring_size(vq->config.num, LGUEST_VRING_ALIGN)); - lg_last_avail(vq) = 0; - } - dev->running = false; - - /* Now we care if threads die. */ - signal(SIGCHLD, (void *)kill_launcher); -} - -/*L:216 - * This actually creates the thread which services the virtqueue for a device. - */ -static void create_thread(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - /* - * Create stack for thread. Since the stack grows upwards, we point - * the stack pointer to the end of this region. - */ - char *stack = malloc(32768); - unsigned long args[] = { LHREQ_EVENTFD, - vq->config.pfn*getpagesize(), 0 }; - - /* Create a zero-initialized eventfd. */ - vq->eventfd = eventfd(0, 0); - if (vq->eventfd < 0) - err(1, "Creating eventfd"); - args[2] = vq->eventfd; - - /* - * Attach an eventfd to this virtqueue: it will go off when the Guest - * does an LHCALL_NOTIFY for this vq. - */ - if (write(lguest_fd, &args, sizeof(args)) != 0) - err(1, "Attaching eventfd"); - - /* - * CLONE_VM: because it has to access the Guest memory, and SIGCHLD so - * we get a signal if it dies. - */ - vq->thread = clone(do_thread, stack + 32768, CLONE_VM | SIGCHLD, vq); - if (vq->thread == (pid_t)-1) - err(1, "Creating clone"); - - /* We close our local copy now the child has it. */ - close(vq->eventfd); -} - -static void start_device(struct device *dev) -{ - unsigned int i; - struct virtqueue *vq; - - verbose("Device %s OK: offered", dev->name); - for (i = 0; i < dev->feature_len; i++) - verbose(" %02x", get_feature_bits(dev)[i]); - verbose(", accepted"); - for (i = 0; i < dev->feature_len; i++) - verbose(" %02x", get_feature_bits(dev) - [dev->feature_len+i]); - - for (vq = dev->vq; vq; vq = vq->next) { - if (vq->service) - create_thread(vq); - } - dev->running = true; -} - -static void cleanup_devices(void) -{ - struct device *dev; - - for (dev = devices.dev; dev; dev = dev->next) - reset_device(dev); - - /* If we saved off the original terminal settings, restore them now. */ - if (orig_term.c_lflag & (ISIG|ICANON|ECHO)) - tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &orig_term); -} - -/* When the Guest tells us they updated the status field, we handle it. */ -static void update_device_status(struct device *dev) -{ - /* A zero status is a reset, otherwise it's a set of flags. */ - if (dev->desc->status == 0) - reset_device(dev); - else if (dev->desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_FAILED) { - warnx("Device %s configuration FAILED", dev->name); - if (dev->running) - reset_device(dev); - } else { - if (dev->running) - err(1, "Device %s features finalized twice", dev->name); - start_device(dev); - } -} - -/*L:215 - * This is the generic routine we call when the Guest uses LHCALL_NOTIFY. In - * particular, it's used to notify us of device status changes during boot. - */ -static void handle_output(unsigned long addr) -{ - struct device *i; - - /* Check each device. */ - for (i = devices.dev; i; i = i->next) { - struct virtqueue *vq; - - /* - * Notifications to device descriptors mean they updated the - * device status. - */ - if (from_guest_phys(addr) == i->desc) { - update_device_status(i); - return; - } - - /* Devices should not be used before features are finalized. */ - for (vq = i->vq; vq; vq = vq->next) { - if (addr != vq->config.pfn*getpagesize()) - continue; - errx(1, "Notification on %s before setup!", i->name); - } - } - - /* - * Early console write is done using notify on a nul-terminated string - * in Guest memory. It's also great for hacking debugging messages - * into a Guest. - */ - if (addr >= guest_limit) - errx(1, "Bad NOTIFY %#lx", addr); - - write(STDOUT_FILENO, from_guest_phys(addr), - strnlen(from_guest_phys(addr), guest_limit - addr)); -} - -/*L:190 - * Device Setup - * - * All devices need a descriptor so the Guest knows it exists, and a "struct - * device" so the Launcher can keep track of it. We have common helper - * routines to allocate and manage them. - */ - -/* - * The layout of the device page is a "struct lguest_device_desc" followed by a - * number of virtqueue descriptors, then two sets of feature bits, then an - * array of configuration bytes. This routine returns the configuration - * pointer. - */ -static u8 *device_config(const struct device *dev) -{ - return (void *)(dev->desc + 1) - + dev->num_vq * sizeof(struct lguest_vqconfig) - + dev->feature_len * 2; -} - -/* - * This routine allocates a new "struct lguest_device_desc" from descriptor - * table page just above the Guest's normal memory. It returns a pointer to - * that descriptor. - */ -static struct lguest_device_desc *new_dev_desc(u16 type) -{ - struct lguest_device_desc d = { .type = type }; - void *p; - - /* Figure out where the next device config is, based on the last one. */ - if (devices.lastdev) - p = device_config(devices.lastdev) - + devices.lastdev->desc->config_len; - else - p = devices.descpage; - - /* We only have one page for all the descriptors. */ - if (p + sizeof(d) > (void *)devices.descpage + getpagesize()) - errx(1, "Too many devices"); - - /* p might not be aligned, so we memcpy in. */ - return memcpy(p, &d, sizeof(d)); -} - -/* - * Each device descriptor is followed by the description of its virtqueues. We - * specify how many descriptors the virtqueue is to have. - */ -static void add_virtqueue(struct device *dev, unsigned int num_descs, - void (*service)(struct virtqueue *)) -{ - unsigned int pages; - struct virtqueue **i, *vq = malloc(sizeof(*vq)); - void *p; - - /* First we need some memory for this virtqueue. */ - pages = (vring_size(num_descs, LGUEST_VRING_ALIGN) + getpagesize() - 1) - / getpagesize(); - p = get_pages(pages); - - /* Initialize the virtqueue */ - vq->next = NULL; - vq->last_avail_idx = 0; - vq->dev = dev; - - /* - * This is the routine the service thread will run, and its Process ID - * once it's running. - */ - vq->service = service; - vq->thread = (pid_t)-1; - - /* Initialize the configuration. */ - vq->config.num = num_descs; - vq->config.irq = devices.next_irq++; - vq->config.pfn = to_guest_phys(p) / getpagesize(); - - /* Initialize the vring. */ - vring_init(&vq->vring, num_descs, p, LGUEST_VRING_ALIGN); - - /* - * Append virtqueue to this device's descriptor. We use - * device_config() to get the end of the device's current virtqueues; - * we check that we haven't added any config or feature information - * yet, otherwise we'd be overwriting them. - */ - assert(dev->desc->config_len == 0 && dev->desc->feature_len == 0); - memcpy(device_config(dev), &vq->config, sizeof(vq->config)); - dev->num_vq++; - dev->desc->num_vq++; - - verbose("Virtqueue page %#lx\n", to_guest_phys(p)); - - /* - * Add to tail of list, so dev->vq is first vq, dev->vq->next is - * second. - */ - for (i = &dev->vq; *i; i = &(*i)->next); - *i = vq; -} - -/* - * The first half of the feature bitmask is for us to advertise features. The - * second half is for the Guest to accept features. - */ -static void add_feature(struct device *dev, unsigned bit) -{ - u8 *features = get_feature_bits(dev); - - /* We can't extend the feature bits once we've added config bytes */ - if (dev->desc->feature_len <= bit / CHAR_BIT) { - assert(dev->desc->config_len == 0); - dev->feature_len = dev->desc->feature_len = (bit/CHAR_BIT) + 1; - } - - features[bit / CHAR_BIT] |= (1 << (bit % CHAR_BIT)); -} - -/* - * This routine sets the configuration fields for an existing device's - * descriptor. It only works for the last device, but that's OK because that's - * how we use it. - */ -static void set_config(struct device *dev, unsigned len, const void *conf) -{ - /* Check we haven't overflowed our single page. */ - if (device_config(dev) + len > devices.descpage + getpagesize()) - errx(1, "Too many devices"); - - /* Copy in the config information, and store the length. */ - memcpy(device_config(dev), conf, len); - dev->desc->config_len = len; - - /* Size must fit in config_len field (8 bits)! */ - assert(dev->desc->config_len == len); -} - -/* - * This routine does all the creation and setup of a new device, including - * calling new_dev_desc() to allocate the descriptor and device memory. We - * don't actually start the service threads until later. - * - * See what I mean about userspace being boring? - */ -static struct device *new_device(const char *name, u16 type) -{ - struct device *dev = malloc(sizeof(*dev)); - - /* Now we populate the fields one at a time. */ - dev->desc = new_dev_desc(type); - dev->name = name; - dev->vq = NULL; - dev->feature_len = 0; - dev->num_vq = 0; - dev->running = false; - - /* - * Append to device list. Prepending to a single-linked list is - * easier, but the user expects the devices to be arranged on the bus - * in command-line order. The first network device on the command line - * is eth0, the first block device /dev/vda, etc. - */ - if (devices.lastdev) - devices.lastdev->next = dev; - else - devices.dev = dev; - devices.lastdev = dev; - - return dev; -} - -/* - * Our first setup routine is the console. It's a fairly simple device, but - * UNIX tty handling makes it uglier than it could be. - */ -static void setup_console(void) -{ - struct device *dev; - - /* If we can save the initial standard input settings... */ - if (tcgetattr(STDIN_FILENO, &orig_term) == 0) { - struct termios term = orig_term; - /* - * Then we turn off echo, line buffering and ^C etc: We want a - * raw input stream to the Guest. - */ - term.c_lflag &= ~(ISIG|ICANON|ECHO); - tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &term); - } - - dev = new_device("console", VIRTIO_ID_CONSOLE); - - /* We store the console state in dev->priv, and initialize it. */ - dev->priv = malloc(sizeof(struct console_abort)); - ((struct console_abort *)dev->priv)->count = 0; - - /* - * The console needs two virtqueues: the input then the output. When - * they put something the input queue, we make sure we're listening to - * stdin. When they put something in the output queue, we write it to - * stdout. - */ - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, console_input); - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, console_output); - - verbose("device %u: console\n", ++devices.device_num); -} -/*:*/ - -/*M:010 - * Inter-guest networking is an interesting area. Simplest is to have a - * --sharenet=<name> option which opens or creates a named pipe. This can be - * used to send packets to another guest in a 1:1 manner. - * - * More sophisticated is to use one of the tools developed for project like UML - * to do networking. - * - * Faster is to do virtio bonding in kernel. Doing this 1:1 would be - * completely generic ("here's my vring, attach to your vring") and would work - * for any traffic. Of course, namespace and permissions issues need to be - * dealt with. A more sophisticated "multi-channel" virtio_net.c could hide - * multiple inter-guest channels behind one interface, although it would - * require some manner of hotplugging new virtio channels. - * - * Finally, we could use a virtio network switch in the kernel, ie. vhost. -:*/ - -static u32 str2ip(const char *ipaddr) -{ - unsigned int b[4]; - - if (sscanf(ipaddr, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &b[0], &b[1], &b[2], &b[3]) != 4) - errx(1, "Failed to parse IP address '%s'", ipaddr); - return (b[0] << 24) | (b[1] << 16) | (b[2] << 8) | b[3]; -} - -static void str2mac(const char *macaddr, unsigned char mac[6]) -{ - unsigned int m[6]; - if (sscanf(macaddr, "%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x", - &m[0], &m[1], &m[2], &m[3], &m[4], &m[5]) != 6) - errx(1, "Failed to parse mac address '%s'", macaddr); - mac[0] = m[0]; - mac[1] = m[1]; - mac[2] = m[2]; - mac[3] = m[3]; - mac[4] = m[4]; - mac[5] = m[5]; -} - -/* - * This code is "adapted" from libbridge: it attaches the Host end of the - * network device to the bridge device specified by the command line. - * - * This is yet another James Morris contribution (I'm an IP-level guy, so I - * dislike bridging), and I just try not to break it. - */ -static void add_to_bridge(int fd, const char *if_name, const char *br_name) -{ - int ifidx; - struct ifreq ifr; - - if (!*br_name) - errx(1, "must specify bridge name"); - - ifidx = if_nametoindex(if_name); - if (!ifidx) - errx(1, "interface %s does not exist!", if_name); - - strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, br_name, IFNAMSIZ); - ifr.ifr_name[IFNAMSIZ-1] = '\0'; - ifr.ifr_ifindex = ifidx; - if (ioctl(fd, SIOCBRADDIF, &ifr) < 0) - err(1, "can't add %s to bridge %s", if_name, br_name); -} - -/* - * This sets up the Host end of the network device with an IP address, brings - * it up so packets will flow, the copies the MAC address into the hwaddr - * pointer. - */ -static void configure_device(int fd, const char *tapif, u32 ipaddr) -{ - struct ifreq ifr; - struct sockaddr_in sin; - - memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); - strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, tapif); - - /* Don't read these incantations. Just cut & paste them like I did! */ - sin.sin_family = AF_INET; - sin.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(ipaddr); - memcpy(&ifr.ifr_addr, &sin, sizeof(sin)); - if (ioctl(fd, SIOCSIFADDR, &ifr) != 0) - err(1, "Setting %s interface address", tapif); - ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_UP; - if (ioctl(fd, SIOCSIFFLAGS, &ifr) != 0) - err(1, "Bringing interface %s up", tapif); -} - -static int get_tun_device(char tapif[IFNAMSIZ]) -{ - struct ifreq ifr; - int netfd; - - /* Start with this zeroed. Messy but sure. */ - memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); - - /* - * We open the /dev/net/tun device and tell it we want a tap device. A - * tap device is like a tun device, only somehow different. To tell - * the truth, I completely blundered my way through this code, but it - * works now! - */ - netfd = open_or_die("/dev/net/tun", O_RDWR); - ifr.ifr_flags = IFF_TAP | IFF_NO_PI | IFF_VNET_HDR; - strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, "tap%d"); - if (ioctl(netfd, TUNSETIFF, &ifr) != 0) - err(1, "configuring /dev/net/tun"); - - if (ioctl(netfd, TUNSETOFFLOAD, - TUN_F_CSUM|TUN_F_TSO4|TUN_F_TSO6|TUN_F_TSO_ECN) != 0) - err(1, "Could not set features for tun device"); - - /* - * We don't need checksums calculated for packets coming in this - * device: trust us! - */ - ioctl(netfd, TUNSETNOCSUM, 1); - - memcpy(tapif, ifr.ifr_name, IFNAMSIZ); - return netfd; -} - -/*L:195 - * Our network is a Host<->Guest network. This can either use bridging or - * routing, but the principle is the same: it uses the "tun" device to inject - * packets into the Host as if they came in from a normal network card. We - * just shunt packets between the Guest and the tun device. - */ -static void setup_tun_net(char *arg) -{ - struct device *dev; - struct net_info *net_info = malloc(sizeof(*net_info)); - int ipfd; - u32 ip = INADDR_ANY; - bool bridging = false; - char tapif[IFNAMSIZ], *p; - struct virtio_net_config conf; - - net_info->tunfd = get_tun_device(tapif); - - /* First we create a new network device. */ - dev = new_device("net", VIRTIO_ID_NET); - dev->priv = net_info; - - /* Network devices need a recv and a send queue, just like console. */ - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, net_input); - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, net_output); - - /* - * We need a socket to perform the magic network ioctls to bring up the - * tap interface, connect to the bridge etc. Any socket will do! - */ - ipfd = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_IP); - if (ipfd < 0) - err(1, "opening IP socket"); - - /* If the command line was --tunnet=bridge:<name> do bridging. */ - if (!strncmp(BRIDGE_PFX, arg, strlen(BRIDGE_PFX))) { - arg += strlen(BRIDGE_PFX); - bridging = true; - } - - /* A mac address may follow the bridge name or IP address */ - p = strchr(arg, ':'); - if (p) { - str2mac(p+1, conf.mac); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_MAC); - *p = '\0'; - } - - /* arg is now either an IP address or a bridge name */ - if (bridging) - add_to_bridge(ipfd, tapif, arg); - else - ip = str2ip(arg); - - /* Set up the tun device. */ - configure_device(ipfd, tapif, ip); - - /* Expect Guest to handle everything except UFO */ - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_CSUM); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO4); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO6); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ECN); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO4); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO6); - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_ECN); - /* We handle indirect ring entries */ - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_RING_F_INDIRECT_DESC); - set_config(dev, sizeof(conf), &conf); - - /* We don't need the socket any more; setup is done. */ - close(ipfd); - - devices.device_num++; - - if (bridging) - verbose("device %u: tun %s attached to bridge: %s\n", - devices.device_num, tapif, arg); - else - verbose("device %u: tun %s: %s\n", - devices.device_num, tapif, arg); -} -/*:*/ - -/* This hangs off device->priv. */ -struct vblk_info { - /* The size of the file. */ - off64_t len; - - /* The file descriptor for the file. */ - int fd; - -}; - -/*L:210 - * The Disk - * - * The disk only has one virtqueue, so it only has one thread. It is really - * simple: the Guest asks for a block number and we read or write that position - * in the file. - * - * Before we serviced each virtqueue in a separate thread, that was unacceptably - * slow: the Guest waits until the read is finished before running anything - * else, even if it could have been doing useful work. - * - * We could have used async I/O, except it's reputed to suck so hard that - * characters actually go missing from your code when you try to use it. - */ -static void blk_request(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - struct vblk_info *vblk = vq->dev->priv; - unsigned int head, out_num, in_num, wlen; - int ret; - u8 *in; - struct virtio_blk_outhdr *out; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - off64_t off; - - /* - * Get the next request, where we normally wait. It triggers the - * interrupt to acknowledge previously serviced requests (if any). - */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out_num, &in_num); - - /* - * Every block request should contain at least one output buffer - * (detailing the location on disk and the type of request) and one - * input buffer (to hold the result). - */ - if (out_num == 0 || in_num == 0) - errx(1, "Bad virtblk cmd %u out=%u in=%u", - head, out_num, in_num); - - out = convert(&iov[0], struct virtio_blk_outhdr); - in = convert(&iov[out_num+in_num-1], u8); - /* - * For historical reasons, block operations are expressed in 512 byte - * "sectors". - */ - off = out->sector * 512; - - /* - * In general the virtio block driver is allowed to try SCSI commands. - * It'd be nice if we supported eject, for example, but we don't. - */ - if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_SCSI_CMD) { - fprintf(stderr, "Scsi commands unsupported\n"); - *in = VIRTIO_BLK_S_UNSUPP; - wlen = sizeof(*in); - } else if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_OUT) { - /* - * Write - * - * Move to the right location in the block file. This can fail - * if they try to write past end. - */ - if (lseek64(vblk->fd, off, SEEK_SET) != off) - err(1, "Bad seek to sector %llu", out->sector); - - ret = writev(vblk->fd, iov+1, out_num-1); - verbose("WRITE to sector %llu: %i\n", out->sector, ret); - - /* - * Grr... Now we know how long the descriptor they sent was, we - * make sure they didn't try to write over the end of the block - * file (possibly extending it). - */ - if (ret > 0 && off + ret > vblk->len) { - /* Trim it back to the correct length */ - ftruncate64(vblk->fd, vblk->len); - /* Die, bad Guest, die. */ - errx(1, "Write past end %llu+%u", off, ret); - } - - wlen = sizeof(*in); - *in = (ret >= 0 ? VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK : VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR); - } else if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_FLUSH) { - /* Flush */ - ret = fdatasync(vblk->fd); - verbose("FLUSH fdatasync: %i\n", ret); - wlen = sizeof(*in); - *in = (ret >= 0 ? VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK : VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR); - } else { - /* - * Read - * - * Move to the right location in the block file. This can fail - * if they try to read past end. - */ - if (lseek64(vblk->fd, off, SEEK_SET) != off) - err(1, "Bad seek to sector %llu", out->sector); - - ret = readv(vblk->fd, iov+1, in_num-1); - verbose("READ from sector %llu: %i\n", out->sector, ret); - if (ret >= 0) { - wlen = sizeof(*in) + ret; - *in = VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK; - } else { - wlen = sizeof(*in); - *in = VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR; - } - } - - /* Finished that request. */ - add_used(vq, head, wlen); -} - -/*L:198 This actually sets up a virtual block device. */ -static void setup_block_file(const char *filename) -{ - struct device *dev; - struct vblk_info *vblk; - struct virtio_blk_config conf; - - /* Creat the device. */ - dev = new_device("block", VIRTIO_ID_BLOCK); - - /* The device has one virtqueue, where the Guest places requests. */ - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, blk_request); - - /* Allocate the room for our own bookkeeping */ - vblk = dev->priv = malloc(sizeof(*vblk)); - - /* First we open the file and store the length. */ - vblk->fd = open_or_die(filename, O_RDWR|O_LARGEFILE); - vblk->len = lseek64(vblk->fd, 0, SEEK_END); - - /* We support FLUSH. */ - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH); - - /* Tell Guest how many sectors this device has. */ - conf.capacity = cpu_to_le64(vblk->len / 512); - - /* - * Tell Guest not to put in too many descriptors at once: two are used - * for the in and out elements. - */ - add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_BLK_F_SEG_MAX); - conf.seg_max = cpu_to_le32(VIRTQUEUE_NUM - 2); - - /* Don't try to put whole struct: we have 8 bit limit. */ - set_config(dev, offsetof(struct virtio_blk_config, geometry), &conf); - - verbose("device %u: virtblock %llu sectors\n", - ++devices.device_num, le64_to_cpu(conf.capacity)); -} - -/*L:211 - * Our random number generator device reads from /dev/random into the Guest's - * input buffers. The usual case is that the Guest doesn't want random numbers - * and so has no buffers although /dev/random is still readable, whereas - * console is the reverse. - * - * The same logic applies, however. - */ -struct rng_info { - int rfd; -}; - -static void rng_input(struct virtqueue *vq) -{ - int len; - unsigned int head, in_num, out_num, totlen = 0; - struct rng_info *rng_info = vq->dev->priv; - struct iovec iov[vq->vring.num]; - - /* First we need a buffer from the Guests's virtqueue. */ - head = wait_for_vq_desc(vq, iov, &out_num, &in_num); - if (out_num) - errx(1, "Output buffers in rng?"); - - /* - * Just like the console write, we loop to cover the whole iovec. - * In this case, short reads actually happen quite a bit. - */ - while (!iov_empty(iov, in_num)) { - len = readv(rng_info->rfd, iov, in_num); - if (len <= 0) - err(1, "Read from /dev/random gave %i", len); - iov_consume(iov, in_num, len); - totlen += len; - } - - /* Tell the Guest about the new input. */ - add_used(vq, head, totlen); -} - -/*L:199 - * This creates a "hardware" random number device for the Guest. - */ -static void setup_rng(void) -{ - struct device *dev; - struct rng_info *rng_info = malloc(sizeof(*rng_info)); - - /* Our device's privat info simply contains the /dev/random fd. */ - rng_info->rfd = open_or_die("/dev/random", O_RDONLY); - - /* Create the new device. */ - dev = new_device("rng", VIRTIO_ID_RNG); - dev->priv = rng_info; - - /* The device has one virtqueue, where the Guest places inbufs. */ - add_virtqueue(dev, VIRTQUEUE_NUM, rng_input); - - verbose("device %u: rng\n", devices.device_num++); -} -/* That's the end of device setup. */ - -/*L:230 Reboot is pretty easy: clean up and exec() the Launcher afresh. */ -static void __attribute__((noreturn)) restart_guest(void) -{ - unsigned int i; - - /* - * Since we don't track all open fds, we simply close everything beyond - * stderr. - */ - for (i = 3; i < FD_SETSIZE; i++) - close(i); - - /* Reset all the devices (kills all threads). */ - cleanup_devices(); - - execv(main_args[0], main_args); - err(1, "Could not exec %s", main_args[0]); -} - -/*L:220 - * Finally we reach the core of the Launcher which runs the Guest, serves - * its input and output, and finally, lays it to rest. - */ -static void __attribute__((noreturn)) run_guest(void) -{ - for (;;) { - unsigned long notify_addr; - int readval; - - /* We read from the /dev/lguest device to run the Guest. */ - readval = pread(lguest_fd, ¬ify_addr, - sizeof(notify_addr), cpu_id); - - /* One unsigned long means the Guest did HCALL_NOTIFY */ - if (readval == sizeof(notify_addr)) { - verbose("Notify on address %#lx\n", notify_addr); - handle_output(notify_addr); - /* ENOENT means the Guest died. Reading tells us why. */ - } else if (errno == ENOENT) { - char reason[1024] = { 0 }; - pread(lguest_fd, reason, sizeof(reason)-1, cpu_id); - errx(1, "%s", reason); - /* ERESTART means that we need to reboot the guest */ - } else if (errno == ERESTART) { - restart_guest(); - /* Anything else means a bug or incompatible change. */ - } else - err(1, "Running guest failed"); - } -} -/*L:240 - * This is the end of the Launcher. The good news: we are over halfway - * through! The bad news: the most fiendish part of the code still lies ahead - * of us. - * - * Are you ready? Take a deep breath and join me in the core of the Host, in - * "make Host". -:*/ - -static struct option opts[] = { - { "verbose", 0, NULL, 'v' }, - { "tunnet", 1, NULL, 't' }, - { "block", 1, NULL, 'b' }, - { "rng", 0, NULL, 'r' }, - { "initrd", 1, NULL, 'i' }, - { "username", 1, NULL, 'u' }, - { "chroot", 1, NULL, 'c' }, - { NULL }, -}; -static void usage(void) -{ - errx(1, "Usage: lguest [--verbose] " - "[--tunnet=(<ipaddr>:<macaddr>|bridge:<bridgename>:<macaddr>)\n" - "|--block=<filename>|--initrd=<filename>]...\n" - "<mem-in-mb> vmlinux [args...]"); -} - -/*L:105 The main routine is where the real work begins: */ -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - /* Memory, code startpoint and size of the (optional) initrd. */ - unsigned long mem = 0, start, initrd_size = 0; - /* Two temporaries. */ - int i, c; - /* The boot information for the Guest. */ - struct boot_params *boot; - /* If they specify an initrd file to load. */ - const char *initrd_name = NULL; - - /* Password structure for initgroups/setres[gu]id */ - struct passwd *user_details = NULL; - - /* Directory to chroot to */ - char *chroot_path = NULL; - - /* Save the args: we "reboot" by execing ourselves again. */ - main_args = argv; - - /* - * First we initialize the device list. We keep a pointer to the last - * device, and the next interrupt number to use for devices (1: - * remember that 0 is used by the timer). - */ - devices.lastdev = NULL; - devices.next_irq = 1; - - /* We're CPU 0. In fact, that's the only CPU possible right now. */ - cpu_id = 0; - - /* - * We need to know how much memory so we can set up the device - * descriptor and memory pages for the devices as we parse the command - * line. So we quickly look through the arguments to find the amount - * of memory now. - */ - for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) { - if (argv[i][0] != '-') { - mem = atoi(argv[i]) * 1024 * 1024; - /* - * We start by mapping anonymous pages over all of - * guest-physical memory range. This fills it with 0, - * and ensures that the Guest won't be killed when it - * tries to access it. - */ - guest_base = map_zeroed_pages(mem / getpagesize() - + DEVICE_PAGES); - guest_limit = mem; - guest_max = mem + DEVICE_PAGES*getpagesize(); - devices.descpage = get_pages(1); - break; - } - } - - /* The options are fairly straight-forward */ - while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "v", opts, NULL)) != EOF) { - switch (c) { - case 'v': - verbose = true; - break; - case 't': - setup_tun_net(optarg); - break; - case 'b': - setup_block_file(optarg); - break; - case 'r': - setup_rng(); - break; - case 'i': - initrd_name = optarg; - break; - case 'u': - user_details = getpwnam(optarg); - if (!user_details) - err(1, "getpwnam failed, incorrect username?"); - break; - case 'c': - chroot_path = optarg; - break; - default: - warnx("Unknown argument %s", argv[optind]); - usage(); - } - } - /* - * After the other arguments we expect memory and kernel image name, - * followed by command line arguments for the kernel. - */ - if (optind + 2 > argc) - usage(); - - verbose("Guest base is at %p\n", guest_base); - - /* We always have a console device */ - setup_console(); - - /* Now we load the kernel */ - start = load_kernel(open_or_die(argv[optind+1], O_RDONLY)); - - /* Boot information is stashed at physical address 0 */ - boot = from_guest_phys(0); - - /* Map the initrd image if requested (at top of physical memory) */ - if (initrd_name) { - initrd_size = load_initrd(initrd_name, mem); - /* - * These are the location in the Linux boot header where the - * start and size of the initrd are expected to be found. - */ - boot->hdr.ramdisk_image = mem - initrd_size; - boot->hdr.ramdisk_size = initrd_size; - /* The bootloader type 0xFF means "unknown"; that's OK. */ - boot->hdr.type_of_loader = 0xFF; - } - - /* - * The Linux boot header contains an "E820" memory map: ours is a - * simple, single region. - */ - boot->e820_entries = 1; - boot->e820_map[0] = ((struct e820entry) { 0, mem, E820_RAM }); - /* - * The boot header contains a command line pointer: we put the command - * line after the boot header. - */ - boot->hdr.cmd_line_ptr = to_guest_phys(boot + 1); - /* We use a simple helper to copy the arguments separated by spaces. */ - concat((char *)(boot + 1), argv+optind+2); - - /* Set kernel alignment to 16M (CONFIG_PHYSICAL_ALIGN) */ - boot->hdr.kernel_alignment = 0x1000000; - - /* Boot protocol version: 2.07 supports the fields for lguest. */ - boot->hdr.version = 0x207; - - /* The hardware_subarch value of "1" tells the Guest it's an lguest. */ - boot->hdr.hardware_subarch = 1; - - /* Tell the entry path not to try to reload segment registers. */ - boot->hdr.loadflags |= KEEP_SEGMENTS; - - /* We tell the kernel to initialize the Guest. */ - tell_kernel(start); - - /* Ensure that we terminate if a device-servicing child dies. */ - signal(SIGCHLD, kill_launcher); - - /* If we exit via err(), this kills all the threads, restores tty. */ - atexit(cleanup_devices); - - /* If requested, chroot to a directory */ - if (chroot_path) { - if (chroot(chroot_path) != 0) - err(1, "chroot(\"%s\") failed", chroot_path); - - if (chdir("/") != 0) - err(1, "chdir(\"/\") failed"); - - verbose("chroot done\n"); - } - - /* If requested, drop privileges */ - if (user_details) { - uid_t u; - gid_t g; - - u = user_details->pw_uid; - g = user_details->pw_gid; - - if (initgroups(user_details->pw_name, g) != 0) - err(1, "initgroups failed"); - - if (setresgid(g, g, g) != 0) - err(1, "setresgid failed"); - - if (setresuid(u, u, u) != 0) - err(1, "setresuid failed"); - - verbose("Dropping privileges completed\n"); - } - - /* Finally, run the Guest. This doesn't return. */ - run_guest(); -} -/*:*/ - -/*M:999 - * Mastery is done: you now know everything I do. - * - * But surely you have seen code, features and bugs in your wanderings which - * you now yearn to attack? That is the real game, and I look forward to you - * patching and forking lguest into the Your-Name-Here-visor. - * - * Farewell, and good coding! - * Rusty Russell. - */ diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bff0c554485d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ - __ - (___()'`; Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Lguest - /, /` - or, A Young Coder's Illustrated Hypervisor - \\"--\\ http://lguest.ozlabs.org - -Lguest is designed to be a minimal 32-bit x86 hypervisor for the Linux kernel, -for Linux developers and users to experiment with virtualization with the -minimum of complexity. Nonetheless, it should have sufficient features to -make it useful for specific tasks, and, of course, you are encouraged to fork -and enhance it (see drivers/lguest/README). - -Features: - -- Kernel module which runs in a normal kernel. -- Simple I/O model for communication. -- Simple program to create new guests. -- Logo contains cute puppies: http://lguest.ozlabs.org - -Developer features: - -- Fun to hack on. -- No ABI: being tied to a specific kernel anyway, you can change anything. -- Many opportunities for improvement or feature implementation. - -Running Lguest: - -- The easiest way to run lguest is to use same kernel as guest and host. - You can configure them differently, but usually it's easiest not to. - - You will need to configure your kernel with the following options: - - "General setup": - "Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers" = Y - (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y) - - "Processor type and features": - "Paravirtualized guest support" = Y - "Lguest guest support" = Y - "High Memory Support" = off/4GB - "Alignment value to which kernel should be aligned" = 0x100000 - (CONFIG_PARAVIRT=y, CONFIG_LGUEST_GUEST=y, CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G=n and - CONFIG_PHYSICAL_ALIGN=0x100000) - - "Device Drivers": - "Block devices" - "Virtio block driver (EXPERIMENTAL)" = M/Y - "Network device support" - "Universal TUN/TAP device driver support" = M/Y - "Virtio network driver (EXPERIMENTAL)" = M/Y - (CONFIG_VIRTIO_BLK=m, CONFIG_VIRTIO_NET=m and CONFIG_TUN=m) - - "Virtualization" - "Linux hypervisor example code" = M/Y - (CONFIG_LGUEST=m) - -- A tool called "lguest" is available in this directory: type "make" - to build it. If you didn't build your kernel in-tree, use "make - O=<builddir>". - -- Create or find a root disk image. There are several useful ones - around, such as the xm-test tiny root image at - http://xm-test.xensource.com/ramdisks/initrd-1.1-i386.img - - For more serious work, I usually use a distribution ISO image and - install it under qemu, then make multiple copies: - - dd if=/dev/zero of=rootfile bs=1M count=2048 - qemu -cdrom image.iso -hda rootfile -net user -net nic -boot d - - Make sure that you install a getty on /dev/hvc0 if you want to log in on the - console! - -- "modprobe lg" if you built it as a module. - -- Run an lguest as root: - - Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest 64 vmlinux --tunnet=192.168.19.1 \ - --block=rootfile root=/dev/vda - - Explanation: - 64: the amount of memory to use, in MB. - - vmlinux: the kernel image found in the top of your build directory. You - can also use a standard bzImage. - - --tunnet=192.168.19.1: configures a "tap" device for networking with this - IP address. - - --block=rootfile: a file or block device which becomes /dev/vda - inside the guest. - - root=/dev/vda: this (and anything else on the command line) are - kernel boot parameters. - -- Configuring networking. I usually have the host masquerade, using - "iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE" and "echo 1 > - /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward". In this example, I would configure - eth0 inside the guest at 192.168.19.2. - - Another method is to bridge the tap device to an external interface - using --tunnet=bridge:<bridgename>, and perhaps run dhcp on the guest - to obtain an IP address. The bridge needs to be configured first: - this option simply adds the tap interface to it. - - A simple example on my system: - - ifconfig eth0 0.0.0.0 - brctl addbr lg0 - ifconfig lg0 up - brctl addif lg0 eth0 - dhclient lg0 - - Then use --tunnet=bridge:lg0 when launching the guest. - - See: - - http://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/bridge - - for general information on how to get bridging to work. - -- Random number generation. Using the --rng option will provide a - /dev/hwrng in the guest that will read from the host's /dev/random. - Use this option in conjunction with rng-tools (see ../hw_random.txt) - to provide entropy to the guest kernel's /dev/random. - -There is a helpful mailing list at http://ozlabs.org/mailman/listinfo/lguest - -Good luck! -Rusty Russell rusty@rustcorp.com.au. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt index a350ae135b8c..da094737e2f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ segmentation, if both guests are amenable. Packets are transmitted by placing them in the transmitq, and buffers for incoming packets are placed in the receiveq. In each -case, the packet itself is preceeded by a header: +case, the packet itself is preceded by a header: struct virtio_net_hdr { @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { The device can filter incoming packets by any number of destination MAC addresses.[footnote: -Since there are no guarentees, it can use a hash filter +Since there are no guarantees, it can use a hash filter orsilently switch to allmulti or promiscuous mode if it is given too many addresses. ] This table is set using the class VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC and the @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ the FLUSH and FLUSH_OUT types are equivalent, the device does not distinguish between them ]). If the device has VIRTIO_BLK_F_BARRIER feature the high bit (VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER) indicates that this request acts as a -barrier and that all preceeding requests must be complete before +barrier and that all preceding requests must be complete before this one, and all following requests must not be started until this is complete. Note that a barrier does not flush caches in the underlying backend device in host, and thus does not serve as @@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@ This is historical, and independent of the guest page size Otherwise, the guest may begin to re-use pages previously given to the balloon before the device has acknowledged their - withdrawl. [footnote: + withdrawal. [footnote: In this case, deflation advice is merely a courtesy ] diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt index 36c367c73084..d5c615af10ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ failed_gets - number of gets that failed puts - number of puts attempted (all "succeed") flushes - number of flushes attempted -A backend implementatation may provide additional metrics. +A backend implementation may provide additional metrics. FAQ diff --git a/Documentation/vm/slub.txt b/Documentation/vm/slub.txt index f464f47bc60d..6752870c4970 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/slub.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/slub.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ can be influenced by kernel parameters: slub_min_objects=x (default 4) slub_min_order=x (default 0) -slub_max_order=x (default 1) +slub_max_order=x (default 3 (PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER)) slub_min_objects allows to specify how many objects must at least fit into one slab in order for the allocation order to be acceptable. @@ -131,7 +131,10 @@ slub_min_objects. slub_max_order specified the order at which slub_min_objects should no longer be checked. This is useful to avoid SLUB trying to generate super large order pages to fit slub_min_objects of a slab cache with -large object sizes into one high order page. +large object sizes into one high order page. Setting command line +parameter debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0), forces setting +slub_max_order to 0, what cause minimum possible order of slabs +allocation. SLUB Debug output ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt index 97bae3c576c2..fa206cccf89f 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ different reverse map mechanisms. process because mlocked pages are migratable. However, for reclaim, if the page is mapped into a VM_LOCKED VMA, the scan stops. - try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semphore of + try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semaphore of the mm_struct to which the VMA belongs. If this is successful, it will mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() - we wouldn't have gotten to try_to_unmap_anon() if the page were already mlocked - and will return @@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ all PTEs from the page. For this purpose, the unevictable/mlock infrastructure introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called try_to_munlock(). try_to_munlock() calls the same functions as try_to_unmap() for anonymous and -mapped file pages with an additional argument specifing unlock versus unmap +mapped file pages with an additional argument specifying unlock versus unmap processing. Again, these functions walk the respective reverse maps looking for VM_LOCKED VMAs. When such a VMA is found for anonymous pages and file pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions -attempt to acquire the associated mmap semphore, mlock the page via +attempt to acquire the associated mmap semaphore, mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page. @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ with it - the usual fallback position. Note that try_to_munlock()'s reverse map walk must visit every VMA in a page's reverse map to determine that a page is NOT mapped into any VM_LOCKED VMA. However, the scan can terminate when it encounters a VM_LOCKED VMA and can -successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semphore for read and mlock the page. +successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semaphore for read and mlock the page. Although try_to_munlock() might be called a great many times when munlocking a large region or tearing down a large address space that has been mlocked via mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index 4b93c28e35c6..9e162465b0cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt @@ -167,4 +167,4 @@ driver specific data to and a pointer to the data itself. The watchdog_get_drvdata function allows you to retrieve driver specific data. The argument of this function is the watchdog device where you want to retrieve -data from. The function retruns the pointer to the driver specific data. +data from. The function returns the pointer to the driver specific data. diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO index faf976c0c731..7fba5aab9ef9 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ linux-kernel邮件列表中提供反馈，告诉大家你遇到了问题还是 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git 使用quilt管理的补丁集： - - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> + - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ - x86-64, 部分i386, Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de> ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt index c278f412dc65..f606ba8598cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h -FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c +FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h |
